CIRCUIT CITY STORES INC
10-K, 1999-05-25
RADIO, TV & CONSUMER ELECTRONICS STORES
Previous: WALBRO CORP, SC 14D9/A, 1999-05-25
Next: WATKINS JOHNSON CO, DEFA14A, 1999-05-25



                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                    FORM 10-K

[X]      ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR  15(d)  OF THE  SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended February 28, 1999
                                       OR
[ ]      TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from_________ to _________

                           Commission File No.: 1-5767
                            CIRCUIT CITY STORES, INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

           VIRGINIA                                              54-0493875
(State or other jurisdiction of                               (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                               Identification No.)

             9950 Mayland Drive
                Richmond, VA                                        23233
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                         (Zip Code)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (804) 527-4000

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
                                                                                                Name of Each Exchange
             Title of Each Class                                                                on Which Registered
Circuit City Stores, Inc.-Circuit City Group Common Stock, Par Value $0.50                     New York Stock Exchange
Circuit City Stores, Inc.-CarMax Group Common Stock, Par Value $0.50                           New York Stock Exchange

Rights to Purchase Preferred Stock,
Series E, Par Value $20.00                                                                     New York Stock Exchange
Series F, Par Value $20.00                                                                     New York Stock Exchange
</TABLE>

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

           Indicate  by check  mark  whether  the  Registrant  (1) has filed all
reports  required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes |X| No ___

           Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of the  Registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K [ ].

           On April 30, 1999, the Company had  outstanding  101,159,903  Circuit
City  Group  common  shares and  23,326,533  CarMax  Group  common  shares.  The
aggregate  market  value of the common  shares held by  non-affiliates  (without
admitting  that any person  whose shares are not  included in  determining  such
value is an  affiliate)  was  $6,221,334,034  for the  Circuit  City  Group  and
$104,969,399  for the CarMax Group based upon the closing  price of these shares
as reported by the New York Stock Exchange on April 30, 1999.


                                  Page 1 of 18


                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

           Portions of the following  documents are incorporated by reference in
Parts I, II, III and IV of this Form 10-K Report: (1) Pages 23 through 81 of the
Company's  Annual Report to Shareholders  for the fiscal year ended February 28,
1999, (Parts I, II and IV) and (2) "Item One-Election of Directors," "Beneficial
Ownership of Securities," "Executive  Compensation,"  "Employment Agreements and
Change-in-Control  Arrangements," "Compensation of Directors" and "Section 16(a)
Compliance" in the May 12, 1999, Proxy  Statement,  furnished to shareholders of
the  Company in  connection  with the 1999 Annual  Meeting of such  shareholders
(Part III).
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item                                                                                                    Page

PART I

1.   Business                                                                                             3

2.   Properties                                                                                          10

3.   Legal Proceedings                                                                                   12

4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders                                                 12

     Executive Officers of the Company                                                                   12

PART II

5.   Market for the Company's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters                              13

6.   Selected Financial Data                                                                             13

7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition               14

7a.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk                                           14

8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                                                         14

9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure                14

PART III

10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Company                                                     14

11.  Executive Compensation                                                                              15

12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management                                      15

13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                                                      15

PART IV

14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K                                     15
</TABLE>

                                  Page 2 of 18

                                     PART I

Item 1.    Business.

           Circuit City Stores, Inc. was incorporated under the laws of Virginia
in 1949. Its corporate  headquarters is located at 9950 Mayland Drive, Richmond,
Va. Its retail  operations  consist of Circuit  City  Superstores,  Circuit City
electronics-only  stores and mall-based Circuit City Express stores.  Certain of
Circuit City Stores, Inc. subsidiaries operate CarMax Auto Superstores,  a used-
and new-car retail business.  In addition, as of February 28, 1999, Circuit City
Stores,  Inc.  owned  approximately  75 percent of Digital  Video  Express.  The
Company has been  allocated 100 percent of the losses since  inception.  Digital
Video  Express   primarily  is  engaged  in  the  business  of  replicating  and
distributing specially encrypted DVD discs at wholesale.  The Company has wholly
owned finance  operations that provide consumer  revolving credit and automobile
installment loans.

           Changes in Capital  Structure.  On January 24, 1997,  shareholders of
Circuit City Stores,  Inc. and subsidiaries  approved the creation of two common
stock series. The Company's existing common stock was subsequently  redesignated
as Circuit City Stores,  Inc.-Circuit  City Group  Common  Stock.  In an initial
public  offering,  which was completed  February 7, 1997, the Company sold 21.86
million shares of Circuit City Stores, Inc.-CarMax Group Common Stock.

           The  Circuit  City  Group  Common  Stock is  intended  to  track  the
performance  of  the  Circuit  City  store-related  operations,   the  Company's
investment  in Digital Video  Express and the Group's  retained  interest in the
CarMax Group. The CarMax Group Common Stock is intended to track the performance
of the CarMax operations.

           Notwithstanding   the   attribution  of  the  Company's   assets  and
liabilities (including contingent  liabilities) and stockholders' equity between
the Circuit City Group and the CarMax Group for the purposes of preparing  their
respective financial statements,  holders of Circuit City Group Common Stock and
holders  of CarMax  Group  Common  Stock are  shareholders  of the  Company  and
continue to be subject to all of the risks  associated with an investment in the
Company and all of its businesses,  assets and liabilities. Such attribution and
the change in the equity  structure  of the Company does not affect title to the
assets  or  responsibility  for the  liabilities  of the  Company  or any of its
subsidiaries.  The results of  operations  or  financial  condition of one Group
could  affect the results of  operations  or  financial  condition  of the other
Group.  Accordingly,  the Company's  consolidated financial statements should be
read in conjunction with the financial statements of each Group.

           In this document, the following terms and definitions are used:

           The Company  refers to Circuit  City Stores,  Inc. and  subsidiaries,
           which includes Circuit City retail stores and related operations, the
           CarMax  retail  stores  and  related  operations,  and the  Company's
           investment in Digital Video Express.

           Circuit City refers to the retail operations bearing the Circuit City
           name and to all related  operations  such as product  service and its
           finance operation.

           Circuit  City  Group  refers  to the  Circuit  City  operations,  the
           Company's  investment  in  Digital  Video  Express  and the  retained
           interest in the CarMax Group.

           CarMax Group and CarMax refer to retail locations  bearing the CarMax
           name and to all related operations such as its finance operation.

Circuit City Group:

           This section  describes  the Circuit City  business and the Company's
investment in Digital Video  Express.  It excludes the retained  interest in the
CarMax  business,  which is  discussed  separately  beginning on page 7. Divx is
discussed in more detail at the end of the Circuit City Group section on page 6.

                                  Page 3 of 18

           General.  Circuit City is a leading  national  retailer of brand-name
consumer  electronics,  personal  computers,  major appliances and entertainment
software.  It sells video equipment,  including  televisions,  digital satellite
systems,  video cassette  recorders,  camcorders and digital video disc players;
audio  equipment,  including  home stereo  systems,  compact disc players,  tape
recorders and tape players; mobile electronics, including car stereo systems and
security systems; home office products, including personal computers,  printers,
peripherals,   software  and  facsimile  machines;  other  consumer  electronics
products,  including  cellular  phones,  telephones and portable audio and video
products; major appliances, including washers, dryers, refrigerators,  microwave
ovens and ranges; and entertainment software.

           Each  Circuit  City  store  location   follows   detailed   operating
procedures  and  merchandising  programs.  Included are procedures for inventory
maintenance, advertising, customer relations, store administration,  merchandise
display, store security and the demonstration and sale of products.  Merchandise
lines  vary  from   location  to  location   based  on  store  size  and  market
characteristics. Most merchandise is supplied directly to the stores by regional
warehouse distribution facilities.

           Expansion.  As of April 30, 1999,  Circuit  City  operated 590 retail
locations  throughout  the  United  States.  Circuit  City has  established  its
presence in  virtually  all of the  nation's  top 100 markets and will  continue
adding to the existing store base as attractive market  opportunities  arise. In
fiscal  2000,   Circuit  City  expects  to  open   approximately  35  additional
Superstores  and remodel  another 50 to include  its most  recent  merchandising
innovations.   Management   estimates  that  it  has  the  opportunity  to  open
approximately  250  additional  stores.  Circuit  City's  goal  is  to  maximize
profitability  in each market it serves by capturing  large  market  shares that
produce high sales volumes across a broad merchandise mix.

           Merchandising.  Because  management  believes that local markets have
individual characteristics which vary greatly by the advertising,  merchandising
and pricing strategies of competitors,  Circuit City has organized its marketing
function to focus on markets with similar competitive conditions. Circuit City's
operating regions benefit from a centralized  buying  organization.  The central
buying staff reduces costs by  purchasing in large  volumes,  structures a sound
basic merchandising program and is supported by advanced management  information
and distribution systems.

           Circuit City's merchandising strategy emphasizes a broad selection of
products,  including the  industry's  newest  technologies,  and a wide range of
prices.  Merchandise mix and displays are controlled  centrally to help ensure a
high level of consistency from store to store.  Merchandise  pricing and selling
strategies vary by market to reflect competitive conditions.

           Although  suggested  retail prices are  established  by the corporate
merchandising  department,  each store manager is  responsible  for shopping the
local competition on a regular basis and is empowered to adjust retail prices to
meet in-market  conditions.  As part of its competitive  strategy,  Circuit City
advertises low prices and provides customers with a low-price guarantee. Circuit
City  will  beat any  price  from a local  store  stocking  the  same new  item,
available for sale with a manufacturer's  warranty and in a factory-sealed  box.
In most cases, if a customer finds a lower price,  including  Circuit City's own
sale  price,  within  30 days,  Circuit  City will  refund  110  percent  of the
difference to the customer.

           Suppliers.  During fiscal 1999,  Circuit City's 10 largest  suppliers
accounted for approximately 55 percent of merchandise purchased.  Circuit City's
major suppliers include Sony Electronics, Thomson, Panasonic, Whirlpool, Compaq,
JVC,  Packard Bell,  Hewlett  Packard,  IBM, and Maytag.  Brand-name  advertised
products are sold by all of Circuit City's retail locations. Circuit City has no
significant long-term contracts for the purchase of merchandise.

           In the  past,  Circuit  City has not  experienced  any  continued  or
ongoing difficulty  obtaining  satisfactory  sources of supply and believes that
adequate  sources  of  supply  exist for the  types of  merchandise  sold in its
stores.

           Advertising. The Circuit City Group relies on considerable amounts of
advertising  to  maintain  high  levels  of  consumer   awareness.   Advertising
expenditures  were 4.5 percent of sales in fiscal 1999,  4.6 percent of sales in
fiscal 1998 and 4.8 percent of sales in fiscal  1997.  Circuit City is generally
one of the largest newspaper advertisers in the markets that it serves.  Circuit
City  primarily  uses  print  advertising,  including  multi-page  vehicles  and
run-of-press   newspaper  ads,  for  Superstore   and   electronics-only   store
advertising.  Circuit City emphasizes the use of multi-page  vehicles to allow a
more extensive  presentation of the broad selection of products and price ranges
it carries.  These multi-page vehicles are generally  distributed in newspapers.
Circuit City  advertisements  are  regularly  seen in USA Today and on top-rated
sports and entertainment programs.

                                  Page 4 of 18

           Competition.  From  mid-fiscal  1996  through  fiscal 1998, a lack of
significant  product  introductions  resulted in lower average retail prices and
weak sales throughout the industry.  This industry weakness resulted in a highly
competitive  climate,  and a significant  number of regional  competitors closed
stores.  In  fiscal  1999,  the  industry  began to emerge  from this  period of
declining sales.  Despite the  improvement,  the consumer  electronics  industry
remains  highly  competitive.  Circuit  City's  primary  competitors  are  large
specialty,  discount or  warehouse  retailers  with  generally  lower  levels of
service.

           Circuit  City uses  selection,  service and pricing to  differentiate
itself from the competition.  As part of its competitive strategy,  Circuit City
Superstores  offer a broad  selection of top-quality  merchandise  that includes
3,200 to 4,000 brand-name items (excluding entertainment software), depending on
the selling  square  footage of the  Superstore.  Professionally  trained  sales
counselors,  convenient credit options,  factory-authorized product repair, home
delivery, installation centers for automotive electronics, exchange and no-lemon
policies,  reflect a strong commitment to customer service. Circuit City strives
to  maintain  highly  competitive  prices and  offers  customers  the  low-price
guarantee previously described.

           Customer  Satisfaction.  Extensive  market  research is  conducted to
measure Circuit City's customer service record and to refine its consumer offer.
Over 375,000  customer  surveys were conducted  last year to track  satisfaction
among Circuit City's existing customers.  These surveys, conducted from customer
transaction  records,  measure  satisfaction  with all  points  of  interaction,
including sales counselors, cashiers, warehouse staff, Roadshop installers, home
delivery  personnel and product  service  specialists.  Quick  feedback  enables
management to identify issues that need to be addressed, ensuring that store and
individual performance remain focused on providing the highest possible level of
customer service.

           Training. Circuit City staffs its Superstores with commissioned sales
counselors,  support personnel (cashiers and stockpersons), a store manager, one
or more sales managers and an operations manager.  New sales counselors complete
an in-market training program focused on product knowledge, customer service and
store  operations.  These  programs  also provide  experienced  Associates  with
ongoing  training  in  new  technologies  and  merchandising  opportunities.  In
addition,  every month sales  counselors are required to test their knowledge of
important  products  through  Training  Tracker,  an online test  administration
program.  Market training  facilities are utilized for classroom sessions taught
by professional trainers, and a state-of-the-art, in-house video studio produces
video-based  training  materials.  Formalized  training  for  store,  sales  and
operations managers focuses on human resource  management,  sales management and
critical  operating  procedures.  Individual  development plans address personal
training needs, giving Associates advancement opportunity.

           Consumer Credit. Because consumer electronics, personal computers and
major appliances  represent relatively large purchases for the average consumer,
Circuit  City's  business is affected by  consumer  credit  availability,  which
varies with the state of the economy and the location of a particular  store. In
fiscal 1999,  approximately  15 percent of Circuit  City's total sales were made
through its private-label  credit card and 45 percent through third-party credit
sources.

           In  fiscal  1991,  the  Company  established  a credit  card  finance
operation  to issue its  private-label  credit  card.  The credit  card  finance
operation  is located in Kennesaw,  Ga. This credit  program  enhances  customer
service with increased credit availability, on-line links between the stores and
the credit operation and better control over customer interactions.  Interfacing
the  finance  operation  with  Circuit  City's  point-of-sale  (POS)  system has
produced a rapid customer credit approval process. A customer's  application can
be electronically scored, and qualified customers can generally receive approval
in  under  one  minute.  In  addition  to  increased  credit  availability,  the
private-label   credit  card  program  provides  Circuit  City  with  additional
marketing  opportunities,   including  direct  mail  campaigns  to  credit  card
customers and special financing programs for promotions. The finance operation's
credit extension, customer service and collection operations are fully automated
with  state-of-the-art  technology to maintain a high level of profitability and
customer service.  This technology aids its collection  philosophy of contacting
cardholders  in the  preliminary  days of  delinquency  to resolve  any past due
status.

           The credit card finance operation also manages a bankcard  portfolio.
Receivables  generated  by both  the  private-label  credit  card  and  bankcard
programs  are  sold  to  non-affiliated   entities  under  asset  securitization
programs.

           Systems.  Circuit  City's  in-store  POS system  maintains an on-line
record of all transactions and allows management to track performance by region,
store and individual  sales  counselor.  The information  gathered by the system
supports  automatic  replenishment  of  in-store  inventory  from  the  regional
distribution centers and is incorporated into product buying decisions.  The POS
system is interfaced with the finance operation's credit approval system. In the
stores,  electronic  signature  capture for all credit card purchases,  bar-code
scanning for product returns and repairs, automatic price tag printing for price
changes  and  computerized  home  delivery  scheduling  enhance  Circuit  City's
customer  service,  eliminating  time-consuming  administrative  tasks for store
Associates and reducing costs through smoother store-level execution.

                                  Page 5 of 18

           Circuit  City's  Customer  Service  Information  System  maintains an
on-line  history of customer  purchases and enables  sales  counselors to better
assist  customers with purchases by ensuring that new products can be integrated
with existing products in the home. This system also facilitates product returns
and product repair.

           Distribution. At April 30, 1999, Circuit City operated nine automated
electronics  distribution  centers.  These  centers are designed to serve stores
within a 500-mile  range.  They  utilize  conveyor  systems  and laser  bar-code
scanners to reduce labor  requirements,  prevent  inventory  damage and maintain
inventory  control.  Circuit City also  operates  smaller  distribution  centers
handling  primarily  appliances  and  larger  electronics  products.  Management
believes  that the use of the  distribution  centers  enables it to  efficiently
distribute a broad  selection of  merchandise  to its stores,  reduce  inventory
requirements at individual  stores,  benefit from volume purchasing and maintain
accounting  control.  Circuit  City  also  operates  an  automated,  centralized
distribution  center for  entertainment  software.  Most of Circuit City's store
merchandise is distributed through its distribution centers.

           Service.  Circuit  City offers  service and repair for nearly all the
products it sells.  Customers also are able to purchase  extended warranty plans
on most of the merchandise Circuit City sells.

           At April 30, 1999,  Circuit City had 38 regional,  factory-authorized
repair facilities.  To meet customer needs, merchandise that requires service or
repair usually is moved by truck from the stores to the nearest regional service
facility and is returned to the customer at the store after repair. Circuit City
also has in-home technicians who service large items not conveniently carried to
a store.

           Extended   warranty   plans  provide   coverage   beyond  the  normal
manufacturer's  warranty period,  usually with terms of coverage  (including the
manufacturer's warranty period) between 12 and 60 months. Circuit City sells two
extended  warranty  programs on behalf of unrelated  third  parties that provide
these plans for  merchandise  sold by Circuit City and other  retailers.  One of
these  programs is sold in most major markets and features  in-home  service for
personal computer products.  The second program covers consumer  electronics and
major  appliances  and is also  sold in most  major  markets.  In  states  where
third-party  warranty  sales  are not  permitted,  Circuit  City  sells  its own
extended warranty.

           Seasonality.  Like many retail  businesses,  the Circuit City Group's
sales are greater in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year than in other periods
of  the  fiscal  year  because  of  holiday  buying  patterns.  A  corresponding
pre-seasonal  inventory  build-up is  associated  with this sales  volume.  This
increased  sales  volume  results in a lower ratio of fixed costs to sales and a
higher ratio of operating income to sales in the fourth fiscal quarter.  Circuit
City Group's sales for the fourth fiscal quarter  (which  includes the Christmas
season) were  $3,029,343,000  in fiscal 1999,  $2,585,969,000 in fiscal 1998 and
$2,282,625,000 in fiscal 1997. Fourth quarter sales represented approximately 32
percent of total sales in fiscal 1999, 1998 and 1997.

           Divx. The Divx system  includes DVD players with the Divx feature and
Divx discs. Divx offers the consumer a convenient no-return, rental-like system.
For a  suggested  retail  price of $4.49,  consumers  get  high-quality  digital
picture and sound, plus a more convenient,  flexible,  viewing time than offered
by VHS or DVD rental or by pay-per-view. Consumers buy Divx discs whenever it is
convenient to shop.  Unlike video  rentals,  the Divx viewing  period begins not
when consumers  leave the store,  but when they first insert the disc into their
player and push play. After that point, consumers have a 48-hour window in which
they can watch the movie as many times as they want.  Unlike  pay-per-view,  the
consumer can rewind, scan or pause the movie or even finish watching it the next
day. And, in contrast to video rental, the movie never has to be returned, which
eliminates  all late fees and  allows  consumers  to build an  inexpensive  home
library.  Subsequent two-day viewing periods cost only about $3.25, and selected
favorite  movies  can  be  converted  to  unlimited  viewing  for  play  on  any
Divx-equipped  player  registered  to their  account.  On a regular  basis,  the
Divx-equipped player uses the phone connection to automatically transfer viewing
information to the Divx billing  system.  Payment is made through the customer's
credit  or  debit  card.  This  entire  process  takes  place  with no  customer
involvement,  and the call never  interferes  with normal phone usage.  No phone
connection is ever required during movie play.

           After passing key  technological  tests and securing  agreements with
consumer electronics manufacturers and major motion picture studios, the Company
introduced the Divx concept in September 1997. Digital Video Express has secured
agreements  with  major  movie  studios to provide  titles.  At April 30,  1999,
approximately  440 titles were available,  with up to 40 titles being added each
month.  The system was  launched in two  markets in June 1998 with  Zenith-Inteq
brand  players.  National  roll  out  began  in late  September  1998  with  the
introduction  of the RCA brand  player.  The  addition of ProScan and  Panasonic
players gave Divx four brand selections by early December.  JVC, Pioneer, Harman
Kardon and Kenwood have announced plans to manufacture DVD players with the Divx
feature in fiscal 2000.  Divx-equipped  players and Divx discs were available in
approximately 800 retail stores at the end of fiscal 1999.

                                  Page 6 of 18

           In April 1998, Divx opened its Customer  Satisfaction Center in Rocky
Mount,  N.C. This center assists Divx customers with the  registration  of their
players and provides general help and  trouble-shooting  on any customer issues.
In May 1998,  Divx opened a distribution  center in Jackson,  Tenn.  That center
distributes  Divx discs to retailers and directly to customers  ordering through
DivxFlix,  its on-line store at www.divx.com.  In January 1999, Divx launched an
on-line retail distribution  program,  called  divxwholesale.com for Divx discs.
This program allows smaller  retailers to quickly and efficiently order new Divx
inventory.

           In May 1995, the Company agreed to invest $30.0 million in Divx. That
commitment  was  increased to $130.0  million in September  1997.  Although that
commitment was fulfilled  during fiscal 1999, the Company  continues to fund the
operations of Divx as management continues to explore various financing options.
As of February  28,  1999,  the Company  owned  approximately  75 percent of the
partnership  and has been  allocated 100 percent of the losses since  inception.
The Company  allocates its  investment in Divx to the Circuit City Group.  As of
February 28,  1999,  the Company had funded  approximately  $207 million for the
operations of Divx.

CarMax Group:

           General.  In 1993, CarMax pioneered the used-car  Superstore  concept
when it opened its first  location  in  Richmond,  Va. In fiscal 1998 and fiscal
1999,  CarMax  continued the first phase of its national  roll out plan.  CarMax
allows customers to purchase  vehicles the same way they can buy virtually every
other retail  product,  with  friendly  service and  non-negotiated  low prices.
CarMax  purchases  and  sells  used  vehicles  at  each  of its  stores.  CarMax
reconditions  vehicles  at most of its stores and sells new  vehicles at nine of
its locations under sales and service agreements with  DaimlerChrysler,  Nissan,
Mitsubishi, Toyota, Ford, Chevrolet, Cadillac, Subaru and BMW.

           Expansion.  As of April 30, 1999, CarMax operated 32 store locations,
including 29 used-car  superstores  and 17 new-car  franchises.  In fiscal 1999,
CarMax began testing a hub/satellite  operating process. Under the hub/satellite
process, a satellite store shares reconditioning, purchasing and business office
operations with a nearby hub store.  The consumer offer is identical in both the
hub and satellite  stores.  In fiscal 2000,  management  will focus on improving
profitability in existing  multi-store markets through the addition of satellite
stores and new-car franchises.  CarMax expects to open three additional used-car
superstores, including one with a new-car franchise in fiscal 2000.

           Merchandising.  Each CarMax  location  features a broad  selection of
top-quality  domestic  and  import  used cars and  trucks,  with a wide range of
prices  appealing to a large range of potential  customers.  CarMax's  selection
covers the most popular brands, such as Ford, General Motors, Chrysler,  Toyota,
Honda,  Nissan and Mitsubishi and specialty brands like Lexus and BMW. To appeal
to the vast array of consumer  preferences  and budgets,  CarMax offers its used
vehicles under two programs - the CarMax program and the ValuMax program. CarMax
used cars are  generally  in the current  model year through five years old with
fewer than 60,000  miles and range in price from $6,000 to $30,000.  Through the
ValuMax program,  CarMax sells  high-quality used vehicles that are either older
or have higher mileage and generally  range in price from $3,000 to $18,000.  To
ensure  that  CarMax  quality  standards  are  maintained,  vehicles  under both
programs undergo a comprehensive, certified quality inspection by CarMax service
technicians. CarMax backs its commitment to quality with a five-day or 250-mile,
money-back guarantee and a limited warranty.

           Most CarMax  used cars are priced  below  retail book value.  For new
cars,  CarMax's goal is to be competitive with the lowest available price in the
market.  All customers receive the same low price with no negotiating  required.
CarMax has extended  its  "no-haggle"  philosophy  to every stage of the vehicle
transaction, including trade-ins, financing rates, extended warranty pricing and
low vehicle  documentation fees. CarMax has replaced the traditional  "trade-in"
transaction  with a process in which trained CarMax buyers  appraise any vehicle
and provide the  vehicle's  owner with a written  guaranteed  cash offer that is
good for  seven  days or 300  miles.  The  appraisal  process  is  available  to
everyone,  whether or not the individual is purchasing a vehicle from CarMax. In
conjunction  with Circuit City's  in-store  Roadshops,  CarMax sells  electronic
accessories at its store locations.

           Suppliers.  In stores  open for more than one year,  CarMax  acquires
more than 50 percent of its used-vehicle  inventory from consumers or from local
and  regional  auctions in the  markets  that it serves.  This  buying  strategy
provides an inventory of makes and models that reflect the tastes of the market.
CarMax appraises and makes an offer to purchase any properly  documented vehicle
from an  individual.  CarMax also  acquires  used  vehicles  directly from other
sources,  including  wholesalers,  franchised and independent  dealers and fleet
owners,  such as leasing  companies  and  rental  companies.  Based on  consumer
acceptance of the appraisal process at existing CarMax stores and the experience
and success of CarMax to date in  acquiring  vehicles  from  auctions  and other
sources,  management believes that its sources of used vehicles will continue to
be sufficient to meet current needs and to support planned expansion.

                                  Page 7 of 18

           New-car  inventory for the franchise  locations is provided under the
terms  of  the  sales  and  service  agreements  with  DaimlerChrysler,  Nissan,
Mitsubishi, Toyota, Ford, Chevrolet, Cadillac, Subaru and BMW.

           Reconditioning.  An integral part of CarMax's used-car consumer offer
is the reconditioning process. In fiscal 1998, management closed its centralized
reconditioning  facilities after experience proved that in-store  reconditioning
is more  efficient  and  produces a higher  quality  vehicle  for the  consumer.
In-market  reconditioning by trained CarMax service technicians  provides direct
accountability to the customer,  eliminates potential  transportation  damage to
the vehicle and reduces transportation costs.

           Advertising.  Television  and radio  advertisements  are  designed to
enhance  consumer  awareness of the CarMax name and key components of the CarMax
offer. These  advertisements are distinctly  different from those placed by most
auto dealers.  Newspaper ads promote  CarMax's  selection and price  leadership,
targeting consumers with immediate purchase intentions. Advertising expenditures
were 3.4  percent of sales in fiscal  1999 and 1998 and 2.3  percent of sales in
fiscal 1997. Although markets were fully stored in fiscal 1999,  advertising did
not decline as a percentage of sales as originally anticipated.  In fiscal 1999,
new-car  manufacturers  intensified their promotional  activities throughout the
year resulting in sales below CarMax's  expectations in all markets.  The impact
of lower sales  resulting  from the intense  new-car  competition  substantially
offsets the  anticipated  leverage of having more fully stored markets in fiscal
1999.  During  fiscal  1998,  expansion  left CarMax with five markets that were
partially  stored for much of the  second  half of the year.  Because  these new
markets were not completely stored,  initial advertising levels were below those
of a fully  stored  market.  While this  approach  worked  successfully  for the
Atlanta entry three years ago, it did not create sufficient  consumer  awareness
to drive expected  levels of consumer  traffic in fiscal 1998. As a consequence,
CarMax instituted  stepped-up  awareness building campaigns in the third quarter
of fiscal 1998 and  advertising  expense as a percentage  of sales was above the
fiscal 1997 level.

           Franchises.   CarMax  operates  new-car  dealerships  under  separate
franchise or dealer agreements with DaimlerChrysler, Nissan, Mitsubishi, Toyota,
Ford, Chevrolet, Cadillac, Subaru and BMW. The agreements generally grant CarMax
the right to sell the manufacturer's brand of vehicles and provide related parts
and services within a specified market area. The designation of specified market
areas generally does not guarantee exclusivity within a specified territory. The
agreements  govern the relationship  between the dealership and the manufacturer
and generally impose certain  operational  requirements and restrictions.  These
requirements  include  inventory  levels,  working  capital,  monthly  financial
reporting, signage and cooperation with marketing strategies. A manufacturer may
terminate a dealer agreement under certain circumstances,  including a change in
ownership  without prior  manufacturer  approval,  failure to maintain  adequate
customer  satisfaction  ratings or a material breach or other  provisions of the
agreement.  CarMax has also entered into framework agreements with several major
vehicle manufacturers. These agreements generally contain provisions relating to
the acquisition,  ownership structure,  management and operation of a dealership
franchised by such manufacturers.

           There  are  also  various   federal  and  state  laws  governing  the
relationship  between  automotive  dealerships and vehicle  manufacturers  which
might affect CarMax. These laws include statutes prohibiting  manufacturers from
terminating or failing to renew  franchise  agreements  without proper cause and
unreasonably withholding approval for proposed ownership changes.

           Competition.  The $650 billion used- and new-car  retail  business is
highly competitive.  In the used-vehicle  market,  CarMax competes with existing
franchised and independent dealers,  rental companies and private parties.  Many
franchised   new-car   dealerships  also  have  increased  their  focus  on  the
used-vehicle market. Part of CarMax's business strategy is to position itself as
a low-price  operator in the industry.  In fiscal 1999,  CarMax's used-car sales
were  negatively  impacted by an  intensely  competitive  new-car  industry  and
insufficient customer traffic in a number of multi-store metropolitan markets.

           In the  new-vehicle  market,  CarMax  competes with other  franchised
dealers offering vehicles  produced by the same or other  manufacturers and with
auto brokers and leasing companies. As is typical of such arrangements, CarMax's
existing  franchise  agreements do not guarantee  exclusivity within a specified
territory.  Aggressive discounting by manufacturers of new cars, which typically
occurs in the fall  during the  close-out  of prior year  models,  may result in
lower retail sales prices and margins for used vehicles during such discounting.
In fiscal 1999,  CarMax's  new-car sales were strong  resulting in part from the
highly promotional climate in the new-car industry.

                                  Page 8 of 18

           Customer Satisfaction.  The elements of the CarMax offer are designed
to create a  customer-friendly  experience.  The "no-haggle"  pricing allows the
sales consultant to focus solely on the customer's needs. CarMax sales personnel
play a significant role in ensuring a customer-friendly sales process. All sales
consultants,  including  both full- and  part-time  employees,  are  compensated
solely on a commission  basis.  The amount of the  commission  is a fixed dollar
amount per vehicle sold. The entire purchase process, including a test-drive and
financing,  can be completed in less than one hour. Extensive market research is
conducted to measure CarMax's customer service record and to refine its consumer
offer.

           Training.  All of CarMax's Associates complete an initial orientation
program  entitled  "The CarMax Way." This program is designed to ensure that all
CarMax  Associates  deliver on its  mission  statement,  which is to provide all
customers  with great  quality  cars at great prices with  exceptional  customer
service.  At the  completion of fiscal 1999,  the 30 location  general  managers
averaged  almost  three  years  of  CarMax  experience  and 12  years  of  prior
management  experience.  Each store has eight to 18 inventory buyers. Each buyer
undergoes a 12- to 24- month apprenticeship under the tutelage of an experienced
buyer and appraises thousands of cars before making his or her first independent
purchase.  All sales consultants complete three weeks of additional training and
receive ongoing training as new products and services become available.  Most of
CarMax's  service  technicians  are  ASE-certified,  the  industry  standard for
technician training.

           Consumer  Credit.  CarMax provides prime financing for its customers'
vehicle purchases through its finance operation or Bank of America. In addition,
Chrysler Financial, BMW Financial, Ford Motor Credit, General Motors Acceptance,
Mitsubishi Motors Credit,  Nissan Motors Acceptance,  Subaru American Credit and
Toyota Motor Credit provide prime financing to customers purchasing new vehicles
at applicable  CarMax locations.  Sub-prime  financing is provided by TransSouth
Financial at all CarMax  locations and Franklin  Acceptance on a regional basis,
with no financial  recourse to CarMax.  Sales  consultants use  AutoMation(R) to
electronically submit financing applications and receive responses from multiple
lenders, generally in less than eight minutes.

           Systems.  AutoMation(R) is a unique,  proprietary and enterprise-wide
inventory  management and sales system.  Using a touch screen,  CarMax customers
can electronically search the inventory for cars that meet their specific needs.
AutoMation(R)  displays  a color  picture  of the car and  generates  a  vehicle
information  sheet for  customer  reference.  After  the  selection  process  is
complete,  financing applications are submitted  electronically and purchase and
title forms are  systematically  generated,  reducing  customer  wait time.  The
inventory  management system includes bar codes on each vehicle and each on-site
parking  place.  Daily  scanning  tracks  movement  of  vehicles  on the lot. An
electronic gate helps track test drives for vehicles and sales consultants. This
combination  of systems  allows  inventory and sales  performance  to be closely
monitored, enabling management to quickly resolve any issues.

           Service.  During fiscal 1998, CarMax completed the roll out of retail
repair  service to all locations.  In fiscal 2000,  CarMax intends to expand its
retail service operations as its customer base expands.  Extended warranty sales
prior to July 1997  include  third-party  contracts  and  CarMax's  own extended
warranty  contracts.  In most states,  CarMax sells  warranties  on behalf of an
unrelated third party and has no contractual liability to the customer under the
warranty programs. In states where third-party warranty sales are not permitted,
CarMax has sold its own extended  warranty.  CarMax expects to continue  selling
this warranty where state law restricts  third-party  warranty sales.  Contracts
usually have terms of coverage between 12 and 72 months.

           Seasonality.  The business of CarMax is seasonal,  with each location
generally  experiencing  more of its net sales in the first  half of the  fiscal
year. During the fall quarter,  new-model-year  introductions and discounting on
close-out vehicles can cause rapid  depreciation on used-car prices,  especially
on late-model vehicles.  CarMax anticipates that the seasonality of its business
may vary from region to region as its operations expand geographically.

Employees:

           On April 30,  1999,  the  Company  had  33,484  hourly  and  salaried
employees and 20,946 sales employees  working on a commission basis. None of the
Company's employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement. Additional
personnel  are  employed  during peak  selling  seasons.  The Circuit City Group
accounted for 30,000 of the Company's  hourly and salaried  employees and 19,362
of the Company's sales employees working on a commission basis. The CarMax Group
accounted for 3,484 of the Company's hourly and salaried  employees and 1,584 of
the Company's sales employees working on a commission basis.

                                  Page 9 of 18

Item 2.    Properties.

           At April 30, 1999, the Company's  Circuit City retail operations were
conducted in 590 locations.  The Company  operates four Circuit City  Superstore
formats with square footage and merchandise  assortments  tailored to population
and volume  expectations  for specific trade areas. The "D" format was developed
to serve the most populous trade areas. At the end of fiscal 1999, selling space
in the "D" format  averaged  approximately  23,000 square feet with total square
footage averaging 43,042.  The "C" format constitutes the largest percent of the
store base.  At the end of fiscal  1999  selling  square  footage in this format
averaged  15,000  square  feet with  total  square  footage  for all "C"  stores
averaging 34,036. The "B" format is often located in smaller markets or in trade
areas that are on the  fringes  of larger  metropolitan  markets.  At the end of
fiscal 1999, selling space in these stores averaged  approximately 12,500 square
feet with an average  total  square  footage of 26,651.  The "B" stores  offer a
broad merchandise  assortment that maximizes return on investment in these lower
volume areas.  The "A" format serves the least  populated  trade areas.  Selling
space in these  stores  averaged  approximately  9,500 square feet at the end of
fiscal 1999, and total square footage averaged 19,558.  The "A" stores feature a
layout,   staffing   levels  and   merchandise   assortment  that  creates  high
productivity in the smallest markets.

           The Company's 48 mall-based  Circuit City Express  stores are located
in regional  malls,  are  approximately  2,000 to 3,000  square feet in size and
specialize in leading-edge technology.


           The Company's CarMax  operations were conducted in 32 locations as of
April 30, 1999.  In larger,  metropolitan  markets,  CarMax has begun  testing a
hub/satellite  operating process.  Under the hub/satellite  process, a satellite
store shares  reconditioning,  purchasing and business office  operations with a
nearby hub store.  The consumer offer is identical in both the hub and satellite
stores.  Prototypical  satellite stores are expected to be approximately  12,000
square feet on four-to-six acre sites. CarMax opened one prototypical  satellite
store late in fiscal  1999.  All other fiscal 1999  satellite  stores are larger
stores and are therefore  classified by size, with "C" stores  representing  the
largest  store  format.  Going  forward,  management  expects  primarily to open
smaller  format "A" stores and satellite  stores.  In fiscal 1999, two locations
were  reclassed  from "B" stores to "A"  stores.  The  "Other"  category  in the
following table under the CarMax Group includes two prototype  satellite  stores
and three stand-alone, new-car stores.

                                 Page 10 of 18

           The following table summarizes the Company's  Circuit City and CarMax
stores as of April 30, 1999:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
                                             Circuit City Group                                  CarMax Group
                         ----------------------------------------------------------    ---------------------------------
                                Superstores         Electronics -  Mall                   Superstores
                         ------------------------                                       -------------
                         D       C      B      A        Only      Stores      Total     C     B      A      Other  Total
                         -       -      -      -        ----      ------      -----     --------------      -----  -----
Alabama                  1       4      -      1         -           1          7       -     -      -        -       -
Arizona                  2       6      2      -         -           1         11       -     -      -        -       -
Arkansas                 -       2      -      2         -           -          4       -     -      -        -       -
California              16      52     11      2         -           4         85       -     -      -        -       -
Colorado                 5       2      1      2         -           -         10       -     -      -        -       -
Connecticut              3       3      1      -         -           1          8       -     -      -        -       -
Delaware                 -       2      -      -         -           1          3       -     -      -        -       -
District of Columbia     -       -      -      -         -           1          1       -     -      -        -       -
Florida                  5      23      8      1         -           1         38       1     2      3        1       7
Georgia                  4       7      5      -         -           3         19       1     -      2        -       3
Hawaii                   1       -      -      -         -           -          1       -     -      -        -       -
Idaho                    1       -      -      1         -           -          2       -     -      -        -       -
Illinois                 6      19      4      -         -           4         33       3     -      1        -       4
Indiana                  1       5      3      4         -           -         13       -     -      -        -       -
Kansas                   1       3      -      -         -           -          4       -     -      -        -       -
Kentucky                 -       5      -      1         -           -          6       -     -      -        -       -
Louisiana                -       5      -      2         -           1          8       -     -      -        -       -
Maine                    -       -      1      -         -           -          1       -     -      -        -       -
Maryland                 1      12      2      -         -           4         19       1     -      1        2       4
Massachusetts            1       9      3      -         -           6         19       -     -      -        -       -
Michigan                 8       6      5      3         -           1         23       -     -      -        -       -
Minnesota                1       7      1      -         -           1         10       -     -      -        -       -
Mississippi              -       1      -      -         -           -          1       -     -      -        -       -
Missouri                 1       9      1      -         -           1         12       -     -      -        -       -
Nebraska                 1       1      -      -         -           -          2       -     -      -        -       -
Nevada                   1       3      -      -         -           -          4       -     -      -        -       -
New Hampshire            -       4      -      -         -           2          6       -     -      -        -       -
New Jersey               1       6      2      -         -           -          9       -     -      -        -       -
New Mexico               1       -      -      -         -           -          1       -     -      -        -       -
New York                11       7      4      3         -           2         27       -     -      -        -       -
North Carolina           6       5      4      2         -           2         19       -     -      2        -       2
Ohio                     7      12      5      -         -           3         27       -     -      -        -       -
Oklahoma                 -       2      1      1         -           -          4       -     -      -        -       -
Oregon                   2       5      -      1         -           -          8       -     -      -        -       -
Pennsylvania             2      12      3      2         -           2         21       -     -      -        -       -
Rhode Island             -       1      -      -         -           -          1       -     -      -        -       -
South Carolina           2       4      1      -         -           1          8       -     -      1        -       1
Tennessee                4       5      1      3         -           -         13       -     -      -        -       -
Texas                    7      27      4      7         -           2         47       2     2      3        -       7
Utah                     5       -      -      -         -           -          5       -     -      -        -       -
Vermont                  -       -      1      -         -           -          1       -     -      -        -       -
Virginia                 2      13      5      5         -           3         28       -     -      2        -       2
Washington               4       3      3      1         -           -         11       -     -      -        -       -
West Virginia            -       -      1      -         2           -          3       -     -      -        -       -
Wisconsin                4       2      1      -         -           -          7       -     -      -        2       2
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       118     294     84     44         2          48        590       8     4     15        5      32
                       ================================================================================================
</TABLE>

           Of the stores open at April 30,  1999,  the Company owns four Circuit
City store  locations and five CarMax store  locations.  The Company  leases the
remaining  586 Circuit City  locations  and 27 CarMax  locations.  During fiscal
2000, the Company anticipates entering into sale-leaseback  transactions for one
of the Circuit  City  locations  and for all of the CarMax  locations  that were
owned by the Company and open as of April 30, 1999.

                                 Page 11 of 18

           For information  with respect to obligations for Circuit City leases,
see note 10 of the Notes to Circuit City Group  Financial  Statements on page 60
of the  Company's  1999 Annual  Report to  Stockholders,  which is  incorporated
herein by reference.  For  information  with respect to  obligations  for CarMax
leases, see note 12 of the Notes to CarMax Group Financial Statements on page 78
of the  Company's  1999 Annual  Report to  Stockholders,  which is  incorporated
herein by reference.

           The Company owns a 388,000-square-foot consumer electronics/appliance
distribution  center  in  Doswell,  Va.,  and  a  387,000-square-foot   consumer
electronics/appliance  distribution  center in Atlanta,  Ga. These  distribution
centers have been financed with Industrial Development Revenue Bonds.

           The Company  owns most of the land but leases the three  buildings in
which its corporate  headquarters  is located.  The Company leases space for all
warehouse,   service  and  office  facilities  except  for  the   aforementioned
properties.

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.

           In the normal course of business,  the Company is involved in various
legal  proceedings.  Based  upon the  Company's  evaluation  of the  information
presently  available,  management  believes that the ultimate  resolution of any
such  proceedings  will not have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's
financial position, liquidity or results of operations.

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

           No matter was  submitted  to a vote of  security  holders  during the
fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended February 28, 1999.

Executive Officers of the Company.

           The following table identifies the present executive  officers of the
Company.  The  Company  is not  aware of any  family  relationship  between  any
executive  officers of the Company or any executive  officer and any director of
the Company. All executive officers are generally elected annually and serve for
one year or until their  successors  are elected and  qualify.  The next general
election of officers will occur in June 1999.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
           Name                       Age                 Office

    Richard L. Sharp                  52          Chairman of the Board and
                                                  Chief Executive Officer
    W. Alan McCollough                49          President and
                                                  Chief Operating Officer
    Richard S. Birnbaum               46          Executive Vice President
                                                  Operations
    Michael T. Chalifoux              52          Executive Vice President,
                                                  Chief Financial Officer and
                                                  Corporate Secretary
    Dennis J. Bowman                  45          Senior Vice President and
                                                  Chief Information Officer
    W. Stephen Cannon                 47          Senior Vice President and
                                                  General Counsel
    John A. Fitzsimmons               56          Senior Vice President
                                                  Administration
    John W. Froman                    45          Senior Vice President
                                                  Merchandising
    W. Austin Ligon                   48          Senior Vice President
                                                  Automotive
    Gary Mierenfeld                   47          Senior Vice President
                                                  Distribution and National Service
    Jeffrey S. Wells                  53          Senior Vice President
                                                  Human Resources
</TABLE>
                                 Page 12 of 18

           Mr.  Sharp is a  director  and a member  of the  Company's  executive
committee.  He joined the Company in 1982 as executive  vice  president  and was
elected  president in 1984, chief executive  officer in 1986 and chairman of the
board in 1994.

           Mr.  McCollough  joined the  Company  in 1987 as  general  manager of
corporate  operations.  He was elected  assistant vice  president in 1989,  vice
president  and Central  Division  president  in 1991,  senior  vice  president -
merchandising in 1994 and president and chief operating officer in 1997.

           Mr.  Birnbaum  joined  the  Company  in  1972.  He was  elected  vice
president in 1985,  Central Division  president in 1986, senior vice president -
marketing in 1991 and executive vice president - operations in 1994.

           Mr.  Chalifoux is a director and a member of the Company's  executive
committee. He joined the Company in 1983 as corporate controller and was elected
vice president and chief  financial  officer in 1988. He was elected senior vice
president in 1991,  corporate  secretary in 1993 and executive vice president in
1998.

           Mr.  Bowman  joined the Company in 1996 as vice  president  and chief
information  officer. He was elected senior vice president and chief information
officer in 1997.  Prior to joining  the  Company,  he had served as senior  vice
president - information  services for Rite Aid  Corporation  since 1993 and from
1984 to 1993 was a consultant with McKinsey & Company.

           Mr.  Cannon  joined the Company in 1994 as senior vice  president and
general  counsel.  Prior to joining the  Company,  he had been,  since  1986,  a
partner in Wunder, Diefenderfer,  Ryan, Cannon & Thelen, a Washington, D.C., law
firm.

           Mr. Fitzsimmons joined the Company in 1987 as senior vice president -
administration.

           Mr.  Froman joined the Company in 1986 as a store manager and general
manager in training. In 1987, he was promoted to general manager and in 1989 was
named  assistant  vice  president.  He was  promoted to  director  of  corporate
operations  in 1990 and in 1992 added the title of vice  president.  In 1994, he
was elected  president of the Company's  Central  Division and in 1997 was named
senior vice president - merchandising.

           Mr.  Ligon  joined the Company in 1990 as vice  president - corporate
planning and  communications.  He was elected  senior vice president - corporate
planning and  communications in 1991, senior vice president - corporate planning
and automotive in 1994 and senior vice president-automotive and CarMax president
in 1996.

           Mr.  Mierenfeld  joined  the  Company  in 1993 as  vice  president  -
distribution.  He was elected senior vice president - distribution  and national
service in 1999.

           Mr. Wells joined the Company in 1996 as senior vice president - human
resources.  Prior to  joining  the  Company,  he had  served  as a  senior  vice
president of Toys "R" Us, Inc. since 1992.

                                     Part II

           With the exception of the information  incorporated by reference from
the 1999 Annual Report to Stockholders in Item 2 of Part I and Items 5, 6, 7, 7a
and 8 of Part II and Item 14 of Part IV of this Form 10-K,  the  Company's  1999
Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  is not to be  deemed  filed  as a part of this
Report.

Item 5.  Market for the Company's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

           Incorporated  herein by reference is the information  appearing under
the heading  "Common  Stock" on page 81 of the  Company's  1999 Annual Report to
Stockholders.

           As of April 30, 1999, there were 8,296  shareholders of record of the
Circuit  City Group common  stock and 543  shareholders  of record of the CarMax
Group common stock.

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data.

           Incorporated  herein by reference is the information  appearing under
the heading "Reported  Historical  Information" on page 23 of the Company's 1999
Annual Report to Stockholders.

                                 Page 13 of 18

Item 7.    Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Results of  Operations  and
Financial Condition.

           Incorporated  herein by reference is the information  appearing under
the heading  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and
Financial Condition" on pages 23 through 29 for Circuit City Stores, Inc., pages
46 through 49 for the Circuit City Group, and pages 64 through 67 for the CarMax
Group of the Company's 1999 Annual Report to Stockholders.

Item 7a.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk.

           Incorporated  herein by reference is the information  appearing under
the sub-heading "Market Risk" on page 27 for Circuit City Stores,  Inc., page 49
for the  Circuit  City Group and page 67 for the CarMax  Group of the  Company's
1999 Annual Report to Stockholders.

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

           Incorporated  herein by reference is the information  appearing under
the  headings  "Consolidated  Statements  of  Earnings,"  "Consolidated  Balance
Sheets,"  "Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows," "Consolidated  Statements of
Stockholders'   Equity,"  "Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,"  and
"Independent  Auditors'  Report," on pages 30 through 45 of the  Company's  1999
Annual Report to Stockholders.

           Incorporated  herein by reference is the information  appearing under
the headings  "Circuit City Group  Statements of Earnings,"  "Circuit City Group
Balance  Sheets,"  "Circuit City Group  Statements of Cash Flows," "Circuit City
Group  Statements  of Group  Equity,"  "Notes to Circuit  City  Group  Financial
Statements," and "Independent  Auditors'  Report," on pages 50 through 63 of the
Company's 1999 Annual Report to Stockholders.

           Incorporated  herein by reference is the information  appearing under
the headings  "CarMax  Group  Statements of  Operations,"  "CarMax Group Balance
Sheets,"  "CarMax Group  Statements of Cash Flows," "CarMax Group  Statements of
Group Equity  (Deficit),"  "Notes to CarMax  Group  Financial  Statements,"  and
"Independent  Auditors'  Report," on pages 68 through 80 of the  Company's  1999
Annual Report to Stockholders.

           Incorporated  herein by reference is the information  appearing under
the heading  "Quarterly  Financial Data (Unaudited)" on page 44 for Circuit City
Stores,  Inc.,  page 63 for the  Circuit  City  Group and page 80 for the CarMax
Group of the Company's 1999 Annual Report to Stockholders.

Item 9.    Changes in and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
Financial Disclosure.

           None.
                                    Part III

           With the exception of the information  incorporated by reference from
the  Company's  Proxy  Statement in Items 10, 11 and 12 of Part III of this Form
10-K,  the  Company's  Proxy  Statement  dated May 12, 1999, is not to be deemed
filed as a part of this Report.

Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Company.

           The information  concerning the Company's  directors required by this
Item is incorporated  by reference to the section  entitled "Item One - Election
of Directors"  appearing on pages 2 through 4 of the Company's  Proxy  Statement
dated May 12, 1999.

           The information  concerning the Company's executive officers required
by this  Item is  incorporated  by  reference  to the  section  in Part I hereof
entitled "Executive Officers of the Company" appearing on pages 12 and 13.

           The  information  concerning  compliance  with  Section  16(a) of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  required  by this  Item  is  incorporated  by
reference to the section entitled "Section 16(a)  Compliance"  appearing on page
16 of the Company's Proxy Statement dated May 12, 1999.



                                 Page 14 of 18


Item 11.   Executive Compensation.

           The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to
the sections  entitled  "Executive  Compensation,"  "Employment  Agreements  and
Change-in-Control  Arrangements," and "Compensation of Directors,"  appearing on
pages 8 through  10 and pages 15  through 16 of the  Company's  Proxy  Statement
dated May 12, 1999.

Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

           The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to
the section entitled "Beneficial  Ownership of Securities"  appearing on pages 5
through 7 of the Company's Proxy Statement dated May 12, 1999.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

           None.
                                     Part IV
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Item 14.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.

      (a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

           1.  Financial  Statements.  The  following  Financial  Statements  of
               Circuit City Stores,  Inc., the Circuit City Group and the CarMax
               Group,  and the related  notes to  Financial  Statements  and the
               Independent  Auditors'  Reports are  incorporated by reference to
               pages 30 through  45 for  Circuit  City  Stores,  Inc.,  pages 50
               through 63 for the Circuit  City  Group,  and pages 68 through 80
               for the  CarMax  Group of the  Company's  1999  Annual  Report to
               Shareholders:

               Consolidated  Statements of Earnings for the fiscal years ended February 28, 1999, 1998 and 1997.

               Circuit City Group Statements of Earnings for the fiscal years ended February 28, 1999, 1998 and 1997.

               CarMax Group Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended February 28, 1999, 1998 and 1997.

               Consolidated Balance Sheets at February 28, 1999 and 1998.

               Circuit City Group Balance Sheets at February 28, 1999 and 1998.

               CarMax Group Balance Sheets at February 28, 1999 and 1998.

               Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended February 28, 1999, 1998 and 1997.

               Circuit City Group Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended February 28, 1999, 1998 and 1997.

               CarMax Group  Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended February 28, 1999,  1998 and 1997.

               Consolidated  Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the fiscal years ended February  28, 1999, 1998 and 1997.

               Circuit  City  Group  Statements  of Group  Equity for the fiscal years ended February 28, 1999, 1998 and 1997.

               CarMax Group  Statements of Group Equity (Deficit) for the fiscal years ended February 28, 1999, 1998 and 1997.

               Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

               Notes to Circuit City Group Financial Statements.

               Notes to CarMax Group Financial Statements.

               Independent Auditors' Report, Circuit City Stores, Inc.

                                 Page 15 of 18

               Independent Auditors' Report, Circuit City Group.

               Independent Auditors' Report, CarMax Group.
</TABLE>

           2.  Financial Statement  Schedule.  The following financial statement
               schedules of Circuit City  Stores,  Inc.,  Circuit City Group and
               CarMax Group for the fiscal years ended  February 28, 1999,  1998
               and 1997,  are filed as part of this Report and should be read in
               conjunction with the Financial Statements of Circuit City Stores,
               Inc., Circuit City Group and CarMax Group.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
                   II  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves, Circuit City Stores, Inc.                     S-1

                   II  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves, Circuit City Group                            S-1

                   II  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves, CarMax Group                                  S-1

                       Independent Auditors' Report on Circuit City Stores, Inc. Financial Statement Schedule        S-2

                       Independent Auditors' Report on Circuit City Group Financial Statement Schedule               S-2

                       Independent Auditors' Report on CarMax Group Financial Statement Schedule                     S-2
</TABLE>

               Schedules not listed above have been omitted because they are not
               applicable or are not required or the information  required to be
               set forth  therein  is  included  in the  Consolidated  Financial
               Statements or Notes thereto.

           3.  Exhibits.  The  Exhibits  listed  on the  accompanying  Index  to
               Exhibits immediately  following the financial statement schedules
               are filed as part of, or  incorporated  by reference  into,  this
               Report.

      (b) Reports on Form 8-K.

          The  Company  did not file any  reports  on Form 8-K  during  the last
          fiscal quarter covered by this Report.


                                 Page 16 of 18



                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  Registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                             CIRCUIT CITY STORES, INC.
                                             (Registrant)



                                             By s/ Richard L. Sharp
                                             Richard L. Sharp
                                             Chairman of the Board and
                                             Chief Executive Officer


                                             By s/ Michael T. Chalifoux
                                             Michael T. Chalifoux
                                             Executive Vice President,
                                             Chief Financial Officer and
                                             Corporate Secretary



                                             By s/ Philip J. Dunn
                                             Philip J. Dunn
                                             Vice President, Treasurer,
                                             Corporate Controller and
                                             Chief Accounting Officer




May 25, 1999


                                 Page 17 of 18


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed by the following  persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the
capacities and on the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
       Signature                               Title                                         Date

Michael T. Chalifoux*                       Director                                    May 25, 1999
Michael T. Chalifoux

Richard N. Cooper*                          Director                                    May 25, 1999
Richard N. Cooper

Barbara S. Feigin*                          Director                                    May 25, 1999
Barbara S. Feigin

James F. Hardymon*                          Director                                    May 25, 1999
James F. Hardymon

Robert S. Jepson Jr.*                      Director                                     May 25, 1999
Robert S. Jepson Jr.

Hugh G. Robinson*                           Director                                    May 25, 1999
Hugh G. Robinson

Walter J. Salmon*                           Director                                    May 25, 1999
Walter J. Salmon

Mikael Salovaara*                           Director                                    May 25, 1999
Mikael Salovaara

s/ Richard L. Sharp                         Director                                    May 25, 1999
Richard L. Sharp

John W. Snow*                               Director                                    May 25, 1999
John W. Snow

Edward Villanueva*                          Director                                    May 25, 1999
Edward Villanueva

Alan L. Wurtzel*                            Director                                    May 25, 1999
Alan L. Wurtzel

By: s/ Richard L. Sharp
Richard L. Sharp,
Attorney-In-Fact
</TABLE>

*The  original  powers of attorney  authorizing  Richard L. Sharp and Michael T.
Chalifoux,  or either of them,  to sign this annual  report on behalf of certain
directors and officers of the Company are included as Exhibit 24.

                                 Page 18 of 18


<PAGE>
                                                                            S-1
                                                    Schedule II

                                    CIRCUIT CITY STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
                                               (Amounts in thousands)

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
                                       Balance at           Charged           Charge-offs          Balance at
                                        Beginning             to                 less               End of
        Description                      of Year            Income            Recoveries             Year

Circuit City Stores, Inc.:

Year ended February 28, 1997:
Allowance for doubtful accounts         $ 10,025            $  8,773          $  (3,402)          $  15,396
                                        ========            ========          =========           =========

Year ended February 28, 1998:
Allowance for doubtful accounts         $ 15,396            $  8,464          $  (5,554)          $  18,306
                                        ========            ========          =========           =========

Year ended February 28, 1999:
Allowance for doubtful accounts         $ 18,306            $  3,918          $  (5,942)          $  16,282
                                        ========            ========          =========           =========


Circuit City Group:

Year ended February 28, 1997:
Allowance for doubtful accounts         $  9,580            $  6,817          $  (2,863)          $  13,534
                                        ========            ========          =========           =========

Year ended February 28, 1998:
Allowance for doubtful accounts         $ 13,534            $  5,616          $  (4,627)          $  14,523
                                        ========            ========          =========           =========

Year ended February 28, 1999:
Allowance for doubtful accounts         $ 14,523            $  1,374          $  (4,828)          $  11,069
                                        ========            ========          =========           =========


CarMax Group:

Year ended February 28, 1997:
Allowance for doubtful accounts         $    445            $  1,956          $    (539)          $   1,862
                                        ========            ========          =========           =========

Year ended February 28, 1998:
Allowance for doubtful accounts         $  1,862            $  2,848          $    (927)          $   3,783
                                        ========            ========          =========           =========

Year ended February 28, 1999:
Allowance for doubtful accounts         $  3,783            $  2,544          $  (1,114)          $   5,213
                                        ========            ========          =========           =========
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                                                             S-2

          Independent Auditors' Report on Financial Statement Schedule



         The Board of Directors
         Circuit City Stores, Inc.:


         Under date of April 2, 1999,  we reported on the  consolidated  balance
         sheets of Circuit City Stores,  Inc. and subsidiaries  (the Company) as
         of February 28, 1999 and 1998, and the related consolidated  statements
         of earnings, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the fiscal
         years in the three-year period ended February 28, 1999, as contained in
         the February 28, 1999 annual report to stockholders. These consolidated
         financial  statements  and  our  report  thereon  are  incorporated  by
         reference in the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended February
         28,  1999.  In  connection  with  our  audits  of  the   aforementioned
         consolidated  financial  statements,  we also have  audited the related
         Circuit City Stores,  Inc.  financial  statement  schedule as listed in
         Item 14(a)2 of this Form 10-K. This financial statement schedule is the
         responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our  responsibility is to
         express an opinion on this  financial  statement  schedule based on our
         audits.

         In our opinion, such schedule, when considered in relation to the basic
         consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in
         all material respects, the information set forth therein.




         s/KPMG LLP



         Richmond, Virginia
         April 2, 1999


                                                                             S-2

          Independent Auditors' Report on Financial Statement Schedule



         The Board of Directors
         Circuit City Stores, Inc.:


         Under date of April 2, 1999,  we reported on the balance  sheets of the
         Circuit  City Group as of February  28, 1999 and 1998,  and the related
         statements  of  earnings,  group  equity and cash flows for each of the
         fiscal  years in the  three-year  period ended  February  28, 1999,  as
         contained in the February 28, 1999 annual report to  stockholders.  Our
         report  dated  April 2, 1999  includes a  qualification  related to the
         effects of not  consolidating  the CarMax  Group with the Circuit  City
         Group as required by generally accepted  accounting  principles.  These
         financial  statements  and  our  report  thereon  are  incorporated  by
         reference  in the annual  report on Form 10-K of Circuit  City  Stores,
         Inc.  for the year ended  February  28, 1999.  In  connection  with our
         audits of the aforementioned financial statements, we also have audited
         the related Circuit City Group financial  statement  schedule as listed
         in Item 14(a)2 of this Form 10-K. This financial  statement schedule is
         the  responsibility  of Circuit City  Stores,  Inc.'s  management.  Our
         responsibility  is to express an  opinion on this  financial  statement
         schedule based on our audits.

         In our opinion,  except for the effects of not consolidating the CarMax
         Group  with the  Circuit  City  Group  as  discussed  in the  preceding
         paragraph,  such  schedule,  when  considered  in relation to the basic
         financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material
         respects, the information set forth therein.




         s/KPMG LLP



         Richmond, Virginia
         April 2, 1999




<PAGE>
                                                                             S-2

          Independent Auditors' Report on Financial Statement Schedule



         The Board of Directors
         Circuit City Stores, Inc.:


         Under date of April 2, 1999,  we reported on the balance  sheets of the
         CarMax  Group  as of  February  28,  1999  and  1998,  and the  related
         statements  of  operations,  group equity  (deficit) and cash flows for
         each of the fiscal years in the  three-year  period ended  February 28,
         1999,   as  contained  in  the  February  28,  1999  annual  report  to
         stockholders.  These  financial  statements  and our report thereon are
         incorporated  by reference in the annual report on Form 10-K of Circuit
         City Stores,  Inc. for the year ended  February 28, 1999. In connection
         with our audits of the  aforementioned  financial  statements,  we also
         have audited the related CarMax Group financial  statement  schedule as
         listed in Item  14(a)2  of this Form  10-K.  This  financial  statement
         schedule  is  the   responsibility  of  Circuit  City  Stores,   Inc.'s
         management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an  opinion  on  this
         financial statement schedule based on our audits.

         In our opinion, such schedule, when considered in relation to the basic
         financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material
         respects, the information set forth therein.




         s/KPMG LLP



         Richmond, Virginia
         April 2, 1999


<PAGE>

                            Circuit City Stores, Inc.


                           Annual Report on Form 10-K


                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS


(3)    Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws


                  (a)      Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the
                           Company, effective February 3, 1997, filed as Exhibit
                           3(I) to the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q
                           for the quarter  ended  November 30, 1998,  (File No.
                           1-5767)  are  expressly  incorporated  herein by this
                           reference.


                  (b)      Articles of  Amendment to the  Company's  Amended and
                           Restated Articles of  Incorporation,  effective April
                           28, 1998,  filed as Exhibit  3(I)(a) to the Company's
                           Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended
                           November 30, 1998,  (File No.  1-5767) are  expressly
                           incorporated herein by this reference.


                  (c)      Bylaws  of  the  Company,  as  amended  and  restated
                           October  13,  1998,  filed  as  Exhibit  3(II) to the
                           Company's  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for the
                           quarter ended  November 30, 1998,  (File No.  1-5767)
                           are expressly incorporated herein by this reference.


(4)    Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures


                  (a)      First Amended and Restated Rights  Agreement dated as
                           of February 16, 1999, between the Company and Norwest
                           Bank  Minnesota,  N.A.,  as  Rights  Agent,  filed as
                           Exhibit 1 to the Company's Form 8-A/A filed on May 7,
                           1999,  is  expressly   incorporated  herein  by  this
                           reference.


                  (b)      $100,000,000 term loan agreement dated July 28, 1994,
                           between the  Company,  The  Long-Term  Credit Bank of
                           Japan,   Limited,  as  agent,  and  the  banks  named
                           therein.   Pursuant   to   Item   601(b)(4)(iii)   of
                           Regulation  S-K,  in  lieu of  filing  a copy of such
                           agreement,  the  Company  agrees to furnish a copy of
                           such agreement to the Commission upon request.


                  (c)      First  Amendment to Term Loan Agreement dated October
                           24, 1995,  to the  $100,000,000  term loan  agreement
                           dated  July  28,  1994,  between  the  Company,   The
                           Long-Term  Credit Bank of Japan,  Limited,  as agent,
                           and  the  banks  named  therein.   Pursuant  to  Item
                           601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K, in lieu of filing a
                           copy of such agreement, the Company agrees to furnish
                           a copy  of  such  agreement  to the  Commission  upon
                           request.


                  (d)      Second  Amendment to Term Loan Agreement dated August
                           21, 1996,  to the  $100,000,000  term loan  agreement
                           dated  July  28,  1994,  between  the  Company,   The
                           Long-Term  Credit Bank of Japan,  Limited,  as agent,
                           and  the  banks  named  therein.   Pursuant  to  Item
                           601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K, in lieu of filing a
                           copy of such agreement, the Company agrees to furnish
                           a copy  of  such  agreement  to the  Commission  upon
                           request.


                  (e)      $175,000,000  term loan agreement dated May 26, 1995,
                           between the Company,  LTCB Trust  Company,  as agent,
                           and  the  banks  named  therein.   Pursuant  to  Item
                           601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K, in lieu of filing a
                           copy of such agreement, the Company agrees to furnish
                           a copy  of  such  agreement  to the  Commission  upon
                           request.

                                   Page 1 of 3


                  (f)      First  Amendment to Term Loan Agreement dated October
                           24, 1995,  to the  $175,000,000  term loan  agreement
                           dated May 26, 1995,  between the Company,  LTCB Trust
                           Company,  as  agent,  and the  banks  named  therein.
                           Pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K, in
                           lieu of filing a copy of such agreement,  the Company
                           agrees  to  furnish a copy of such  agreement  to the
                           Commission upon request.


                  (g)      $130,000,000 term loan agreement dated June 14, 1996,
                           between the Company,  Royal Bank of Canada, as agent,
                           and  the  banks  named  therein.   Pursuant  to  Item
                           601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K, in lieu of filing a
                           copy of such agreement, the Company agrees to furnish
                           a copy  of  such  agreement  to the  Commission  upon
                           request.


                  (h)      $150,000,000  Credit Agreement dated August 31, 1996,
                           between the Company,  Crestar Bank, as agent, and the
                           banks named therein.  Pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii)
                           of  Regulation  S-K, in lieu of filing a copy of such
                           agreement,  the  Company  agrees to furnish a copy of
                           such agreement to the Commission upon request.


                  (i)      First  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement  dated May 1,
                           1998,  to the  $150,000,000  Credit  Agreement  dated
                           August 31, 1996,  between the Company,  Crestar Bank,
                           as agent,  and the banks named  therein.  Pursuant to
                           Item  601(b)(4)(iii)  of  Regulation  S-K, in lieu of
                           filing a copy of such  agreement,  the Company agrees
                           to furnish a copy of such agreement to the Commission
                           upon request.


(10)     Material Contracts*


                  (a)      The Company's  Amended and Restated 1989 Non-Employee
                           Directors  Stock Option  Plan,  filed as Exhibit A to
                           the Company's Definitive Proxy Statement dated May 9,
                           1997, for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders  held on
                           June 17, 1997,  is expressly  incorporated  herein by
                           this reference.


                  (b)      Amendments  adopted June 17, 1997,  to the  Company's
                           Amended  and  Restated  1989  Non-Employee  Directors
                           Stock  Option  Plan  filed as  Exhibit  10(ii) to the
                           Company's  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for the
                           quarter ended May 31, 1997 is expressly  incorporated
                           herein by this reference.


                  (c)      The Company's 1994 Stock  Incentive  Plan, as amended
                           as of  January  24,  1997,  filed as Annex III to the
                           Company's  Definitive  Proxy Statement dated December
                           24, 1996, for a Special Meeting of Shareholders  held
                           on January 24, 1997,  (File No.  1-5767) is expressly
                           incorporated herein by this reference.


                  (d)      Letter  agreement  and  non-compete  agreement  dated
                           January  30,  1996,   (revised  February  12,  1996),
                           between  the  Company  and Alan L.  Wurtzel  filed as
                           Exhibit 10(g) to the Company's  Annual Report on Form
                           10-K for the fiscal  year ended  February  28,  1995,
                           (File No. 1-5767) is expressly incorporated herein by
                           this reference.


                  (e)      Employment  agreement between the Company and Richard
                           L. Sharp dated October 17, 1986, and amendment  dated
                           August 1, 1989, to the employment agreement, filed as
                           Exhibit 10(m) to the Company's  Annual Report on Form
                           10-K for the fiscal  year ended  February  28,  1993,
                           (File No. 1-5767) is expressly incorporated herein by
                           this reference.


                  (f)      Employment  agreement dated June 1, 1988, between the
                           Company  and John A.  Fitzsimmons,  filed as  Exhibit
                           10(n) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                           the fiscal year ended  February 28,  1989,  (File No.
                           1-5767)  is  expressly  incorporated  herein  by this
                           reference.

                                   Page 2 of 3

                  (g)      Amendment   dated  August  1,  1989,   to  employment
                           agreement dated June 1, 1988, between the Company and
                           John A.  Fitzsimmons,  filed as Exhibit  10(o) to the
                           Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
                           year ended  February 28, 1993,  (File No.  1-5767) is
                           expressly incorporated herein by this reference.


                  (h)      Employment  agreement dated May 25, 1989, between the
                           Company  and Michael T.  Chalifoux,  filed as Exhibit
                           10(x) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                           the fiscal year ended  February 28,  1991,  (File No.
                           1-5767)  is  expressly  incorporated  herein  by this
                           reference.


                  (i)      Employment  agreement  dated April 24, 1995,  between
                           the Company and W. Alan  McCollough  filed as Exhibit
                           10(l) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                           the fiscal year ended  February 28,  1995,  (File No.
                           1-5767),  is  expressly  incorporated  herein by this
                           reference.


                  (j)      Amended and restated  employment  agreement dated May
                           12, 1995, between the Company and Richard S. Birnbaum
                           filed as Exhibit 10(s) to the Company's Annual Report
                           on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended  February  28,
                           1995,  (File No.  1-5767) is  expressly  incorporated
                           herein by this reference.


                  (k)      The Company's Annual Performance-Based Bonus Plan, as
                           amended as of January 24, 1997,  filed as Annex IV to
                           the  Company's   Definitive   Proxy  Statement  dated
                           December   24,  1996,   for  a  Special   Meeting  of
                           Shareholders  held on  January  24,  1997,  (File No.
                           1-5767)  is  expressly  incorporated  herein  by this
                           reference.


                  (l)      Program  for   deferral   of  director   compensation
                           implemented  October  1995 filed as Exhibit  10(i) to
                           the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the
                           quarter ended  November 30, 1995,  (Filed No. 1-5767)
                           is expressly incorporated herein by this reference.


                  (m)      Benefit  Restoration  Plan,  effective  February  28,
                           1999, is filed herewith.

(13)     Annual Report to Stockholders


(21)     Subsidiaries of the Company


(23)     Consents of Experts and Counsel


         Consent  of KPMG  LLP to  Incorporation  by  Reference  of  Independent
         Auditors'  Reports into the Company's  Registration  Statements on Form
         S-8.


(24)     Powers of Attorney


(27)     Financial Data Schedule


*  All contracts listed under Exhibit 10 are management contracts,  compensatory
   plans or arrangements of the Company required to be filed as an exhibit.

                                   Page 3 of 3


                                                                   Exhibit 10(m)


















                            CIRCUIT CITY STORES, INC.
                            BENEFIT RESTORATION PLAN









                           Effective February 28, 1999





                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                    Section I
                               Purpose of the Plan

1.1 Purpose...................................................................1
1.2 Structure.................................................................1
1.3 Definitions...............................................................1

                                   Section II
                                   Eligibility

2.1 Eligible Employees........................................................1
2.2 Duplication of Benefits...................................................2

                                   Section III
                                    Benefits

3.1 Retirement Benefit........................................................2
3.2 Maximum Benefit...........................................................2

                                   Section IV
                  Computation and Payment of Retirement Benefit

4.1 Computation...............................................................2
4.2 Payment...................................................................2
4.3 Distribution of Accrued Benefit...........................................3

                                    Section V
                   Computation and Payment of Survivor Benefit

5.1 Survivor Benefit..........................................................3
5.2 Computation...............................................................4
5.3 Payment  .................................................................4

                                   Section VI
                                 Administration

6.1 Effective Date, Amendment and Termination.................................4
6.2 Plan Administrator........................................................4
6.3 Claims Procedure..........................................................5


                                       i
<PAGE>

                                   Section VII
                                  Miscellaneous

7.1 Withholding...............................................................6
7.2 Rights Under the Plan.....................................................6
7.3 Effect on Employment......................................................6
7.4 Successors; Governing Law.................................................6


                                       ii






                            CIRCUIT CITY STORES, INC.
                            BENEFIT RESTORATION PLAN


                                    Section I
                               Purpose of the Plan

     1.1  Purpose.  Circuit City Stores, Inc.  (the  "Company")  maintains  this
Benefit  Restoration  Plan (the  "Plan") to provide  deferred  compensation  for
certain key  employees of the Company and its  subsidiaries  who are expected to
contribute significantly to the growth of the Company and its subsidiaries.  The
Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has determined that the benefits
to be provided under the Plan are reasonable and  appropriate  compensation  for
the services rendered and to be rendered.

     1.2  Structure.  This Plan  provides a benefit as set forth in Section  III
below for a select group of  management  or highly  compensated  employees  with
compensation in excess of the $150,000 limit on compensation,  as adjusted under
Section  401(a)(17)  of the  Code,  and whose  benefits  are  limited  under the
Retirement Plan by the maximum benefit limit under Section 415 of the Code.

     1.3 Definitions.  Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have
the meanings set forth below.

          (a) "Beneficiary" means the Participant's surviving spouse.

          (b) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          (c) "Retirement  Plan"  means the  Retirement  Plan of  Circuit  City
     Stores, Inc. as in effect from time to time.

          (d) "Tax Limits"  means both (1) the $150,000 (as  adjusted)  limit on
     compensation  under  Section  401(a)(17)  of the Code,  and (2) the maximum
     benefit limit of $90,000 (as adjusted)  under Section  415(b)(1)(A)  of the
     Code.


                                   Section II
                                   Eligibility

     2.1  Eligible  Employees. Each employee of the Company and a subsidiary who
is a vested participant in the Retirement Plan and an employee of the company on
or after the effective date of the plan, and whose retirement benefits under the
Retirement Plan are limited by the Tax Limits shall be a Participant.


                                       1

     2.2 Duplication of Benefits. All benefits described in the Plan are subject
to the  provisions of Section 4.3.  Notwithstanding  anything in the Plan to the
contrary,  there shall be no  duplication  of  benefits  under this Plan and the
Retirement Plan.


                                   Section III
                                    Benefits

     3.1  Retirement  Benefit.  If a  Participant  begins  receiving  an  annual
retirement  benefit from the Retirement  Plan, the Participant  shall receive an
annual  supplemental  benefit  under  this  Plan  equal to the  amount  (if any)
determined as follows:

          (a) The annual  retirement  benefit that would have been paid from the
     Retirement Plan had the  Participant's  benefit not been limited by the Tax
     Limits,

                                   REDUCED BY

          (b)  The  total  annual  retirement  benefit  that is  payable  to the
     Participant under the Retirement Plan.

     3.2 Maximum Benefit. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
contrary,  the maximum annual  supplemental  benefit payable to a Participant or
Beneficiary  under this Plan shall be $300,000 as  adjusted  below.  The $300,00
maximum benefit shall be adjusted at the same times and in the same  proportions
as the Section 415 dollar limit is adjusted under Section 415(d) of the Code.


                                   Section IV
                  Computation and Payment of Retirement Benefit

     4.1  Computation.  The amount of the annual supplemental retirement benefit
described  in Section III will  initially  be  determined  by assuming  that the
benefits payable under this Plan and the Retirement Plan are paid in the form of
a single life annuity payable for the Participant's  lifetime,  beginning on the
date on which  payments  actually begin to be made to the  Participant  from the
Retirement Plan and ending at the Participant's death. The actuarial assumptions
used for purposes of the Retirement Plan will be used to determine the amount of
benefits payable for purposes of this Plan.

     4.2  Payment.  A Participant's  supplemental retirement  benefit under this
Plan will be paid in the same form of payment as  benefits  for the  Participant
under the Retirement Plan,  except as provided in Section 4.3. If the benefit is
to be paid in a form other than the single life  annuity form  described  above,
the annual  supplemental  retirement  benefit  described  in Section III will be

                                       2

actuarially  adjusted,  using the actuarial assumptions then in effect under the
Retirement Plan. Except as provided below, a Participant's  supplemental benefit
will  begin to be paid on the date on which  the  Participant  begins  receiving
benefits under the Retirement  Plan and will be paid in cash.  Alternatively  at
least 6 months prior to receiving  benefits,  the  participant may elect to have
the actuarially adjusted supplemental benefit paid out over a 5 year period.



     4.3  Distribution of Accrued Benefit.

          (a) Notwithstanding  anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Company
     may distribute, or cause to be distributed, to a Participant (or, after his
     death,  to his  Beneficiary)  all or part  of the  accrued  benefit  of the
     Participant  (or  Beneficiary)  under the Plan as of a specified  date. The
     distribution may be made at any time deemed appropriate by the Company. The
     benefit  may  be  distributed  in  cash  or  in  kind  (including,  without
     limitation,  distribution  of one or more annuity  contracts).  The Company
     shall  indicate  in  writing  that the  distribution  is  intended  to be a
     distribution of the Participant's (or Beneficiary's)  accrued benefit under
     the Plan.  The Company may take into  account the tax  consequences  of the
     distribution when computing the amount to be distributed under this Section
     4.3.

          (b) In the event of a distribution under this Section 4.3, the accrued
     benefit of the Participant (or Beneficiary) under the Plan shall be reduced
     by the accrued benefit  distributed,  and the Company shall have no further
     liability with respect to the benefit distributed.  The Company will reduce
     any  benefit  otherwise  payable  under  this Plan by the  accrued  benefit
     distributed  under this Section 4.3. To the extent that a  distribution  is
     made in a lump sum cash payment,  the actuarial  assumptions then in effect
     under the  Retirement  Plan shall be used to determine the present value of
     the Participant's (or Beneficiary's) accrued benefit under this Plan.

          (c) The Company has the sole  discretion  to  determine  when and if a
     distribution  is to be made under this Section  4.3,  and to determine  the
     amount of any  distribution,  and no Participant or Beneficiary  shall have
     any right to receive a distribution under this Section 4.3.


                                    Section V
                   Computation and Payment of Survivor Benefit

     5.1  Survivor  Benefit.  If a  Participant  elects an option other than the
Joint and Spouse's  Survivor Annuity under the Retirement  Plan,  benefits under
the Restoration Plan will be paid as if the Joint and Spouse's  Survivor Annuity
was elected.  If a  Participant  dies when a survivor  annuity is payable to the
Participant's  Beneficiary  under the Retirement  Plan, the Beneficiary  will be
entitled to receive an annual supplemental survivor benefit from this Plan equal
to the amount (if any) determined as follows:

                                       3

          (a) The annual  survivor  benefit  that would have been payable to the
     Beneficiary  under the Retirement  Plan had the  Beneficiary's  benefit not
     been limited by the Tax Limits,

                                   REDUCED BY

          (b) The total annual benefit that is payable to the Beneficiary  under
     the Retirement Plan.

     5.2  Computation.The supplemental survivor benefit described in Section 5.1
will be computed as if the survivor benefits under this Plan and, the Retirement
Plan, were paid in an annuity for the lifetime of the Beneficiary,  beginning on
the date on which the Beneficiary's benefits commence under the Retirement Plan.
The actuarial  assumptions used for purposes of the Retirement Plan will be used
to determine the benefits  payable under this Plan, and the Retirement  Plan for
purposes of this Plan.

     5.3  Payment. Except as provided in Section 4.3, the supplemental  survivor
benefit  will be paid to the  Beneficiary  at the  same  times  and for the same
duration as  payments  under the  Retirement  Plan,  commencing  at the time the
Beneficiary's  benefits commence under the Retirement Plan, and the benefit will
be paid in cash.



                                   Section VI
                                 Administration

     6.1  Effective Date, Amendment and Termination. The Plan shall be effective
as of February  28, 1999.  The Board of the Company may amend or  terminate  the
Plan at any time;  provided,  however,  that no amendment or  termination of the
Plan shall reduce a Participant's  accrued benefit under the Plan as of the date
of the amendment or  termination.  For this  purpose,  a  Participant's  accrued
benefit under the Plan shall be computed  based on the formulas in this Plan and
his  accrued  benefits  under  the  Retirement  Plan  as  of  the  date  of  the
computation.


     6.2  Plan  Administrator.  The  Plan  will be  administered  by one or more
persons appointed by the Board to be responsible for administering the Plan (the
"Plan Administrator").  Unless the Board determines otherwise, the Plan shall be
administered  by the  committee  which  administers  the  Retirement  Plan.  The
decisions of the Plan  Administrator  shall be final and binding on all persons.
The  Plan  Administrator  will  have  the  express  discretionary  authority  to
interpret and administer the Plan, and to make all decisions with respect to the
interpretation and administration of the Plan.


                                       4

     6.3  Claims  Procedure.  Each  Participant  or  Beneficiary  of a  deceased
Participant  shall be  entitled  to file with the Plan  Administrator  a written
claim for benefits under the Plan. The Plan Administrator will review the claim,
and, if the claim is denied,  in whole or in part, the Plan  Administrator  will
furnish the claimant,  within 90 days after the Plan Administrator's  receipt of
the claim (or  within  180 days after  such  receipt,  if special  circumstances
require  an  extension  of  time),  a  written  notice  of  denial  of the claim
containing the following:

          (a) Specific reasons for the denial,

          (b) Specific  reference to the pertinent Plan  provisions on which the
     denial is based,

          (c) A description of any additional material or information  necessary
     for the  claimant  to perfect  the  claim,  and an  explanation  of why the
     material or information is necessary, and

          (d) An explanation of the claims review procedure.

The claimant may request a review of the claim by an appeals committee appointed
by the Board.  The review may be requested in writing at any time within 90 days
after the  claimant  receives  written  notice of the denial of his  claim.  The
appeals  committee  shall  afford  the  claimant  a full and fair  review of the
decision denying the claim and, if so requested, shall:

          (a) Permit the claimant to review any documents  that are pertinent to
     the claim,

          (b) Permit the claimant to submit to the committee issues and comments
     and writing, and

          (c) Afford the  claimant an  opportunity  to meet with a quorum of the
     appeals committee as part of the review procedure.

The appeals committee's decision on review shall be made in writing and shall be
issued within 60 days  following  receipt of the request for review.  The period
for  decision  may be  extended  to a date not later  than 120 days  after  such
receipt  if the  committee  determines  that  special  circumstances  require an
extension.  The  decision  on review  shall  include  specific  reasons  for the
decision and specific references to the Plan provisions on which the decision of
the committee is based.

                                       5



                                   Section VII
                                  Miscellaneous

     7.1  Withholding.  All benefits  payable under this Plan will be reduced by
any amounts that are required to be withheld on account of income or payroll tax
withholding or other reasons.

     7.2  Rights Under the Plan. This Plan is an unfunded deferred  compensation
plan.  Title to and beneficial  ownership of all benefits  described in the Plan
shall at all times  remain with the Company.  Participation  in the Plan and the
right to  receive  payments  under  the Plan  shall  not give a  Participant  or
Beneficiary  any  proprietary  interest  in the  Company  or any of its  assets.
Benefits under the Plan shall be payable from the general assets of the Company.
No trust fund may be created in  connection  with the Plan  (other  than a trust
that, under applicable law, does not affect the characterization of this Plan as
an unfunded  plan),  and there shall be no required  funding of amounts that may
become payable under the Plan. A Participant and his Beneficiary  shall, for all
purposes, be general creditors of the Company. The interest of a Participant and
his spouse in the Plan cannot be  assigned,  anticipated,  sold,  encumbered  or
pledged and shall not be subject to the claims of their creditors.

     7.3  Effect on Employment.The Plan will not affect the right of the Company
or a subsidiary  to terminate an  employee's  employment  at any time.  Benefits
payable under the Plan will not be considered compensation for purposes of other
retirement or benefit plans maintained by the Company or a subsidiary.

     7.4  Successors;  Governing Law. The Plan is binding on the Company and its
successors and assigns and on Participants and their Beneficiaries,  successors,
estates, and distributees.  The Plan will be administered  according to the laws
of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

            WITNESS the following signature as of February 28, 1999.

                                               CIRCUIT CITY STORES, INC.



                                               By /s/Michael T. Chalifoux

                                      6


REPORTED HISTORICAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
(Amounts in thousands except per share data)                    1999          1998          1997         1996          1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net sales and operating revenues........................... $10,804,447    $8,870,797   $7,663,811    $7,029,123    $5,582,947
Net earnings............................................... $   142,924    $  104,311   $  136,414    $  179,375    $  167,875
Net earnings (loss) per share:
   Circuit City Group:
      Basic................................................ $      1.50    $     1.14   $     1.40    $     1.86    $     1.75
      Diluted.............................................. $      1.48    $     1.13   $     1.39    $     1.84    $     1.74
   CarMax Group............................................ $     (0.24)   $    (0.35)  $    (0.01)   $        -    $        -
Total assets............................................... $ 3,445,266    $3,231,701   $3,081,173    $2,526,022    $2,004,055
Long-term debt, excluding current installments............. $   426,585    $  424,292   $  430,290    $  399,161    $  178,605
Deferred revenue and other liabilities..................... $   112,085    $  145,107   $  166,295    $  214,001    $  241,866
Cash dividends per share paid on
   Circuit City Group common stock......................... $      0.14    $     0.14   $     0.14    $     0.12    $     0.10
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


CIRCUIT CITY STORES, INC. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

On January 24, 1997,  shareholders  of Circuit City  Stores,  Inc.  approved the
creation of two common stock  series.  The Company's  existing  common stock was
subsequently redesignated as Circuit City Stores, Inc.-Circuit City Group Common
Stock. In an initial public offering,  which was completed February 7, 1997, the
Company sold 21.86  million  shares of Circuit City  Stores,  Inc.-CarMax  Group
Common Stock.
     The Circuit City Group Common Stock is intended to track the performance of
the Circuit City store-related  operations,  the Company's investment in Digital
Video Express and the Group's retained interest in the CarMax Group. The effects
of this retained interest on the Circuit City Group's  financial  statements are
identified by the term "Inter-Group."
     The CarMax Group Common Stock is intended to track the  performance  of the
CarMax operations. The Inter-Group Interest is not considered outstanding CarMax
Group stock.  Therefore,  any net earnings or loss attributed to the Inter-Group
Interest is not included in the CarMax Group's per share calculations.

The following discussion and analysis refers to Circuit City Stores, Inc., which
includes  the  operations  related to both the Circuit City Group and the CarMax
Group. All financial  statements reflect  consummation of the CarMax Group stock
offering  on  February  7,  1997.  For  additional  information,  refer  to  the
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Results of  Operations  and Financial
Condition" for the Circuit City Group and for the CarMax Group.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Sales Growth
Total sales for Circuit City Stores, Inc. increased 22 percent in fiscal 1999 to
$10.80  billion.  In fiscal 1998,  total sales were $8.87 billion,  a 16 percent
increase from $7.66 billion in fiscal 1997.

PERCENTAGE SALES CHANGE FROM PRIOR YEAR

          Circuit City     Circuit City           CarMax
          Stores, Inc.         Group               Group
          ---------------------------------------------------

Fiscal        Total      Total Comparable    Total Comparable
- -------------------------------------------------------------

1999........   22%        17%      8 %         68%    (2)%
1998........   16%        12%     (1)%         71%     6 %
1997........    9%         6%     (8)%         85%    23 %
1996........   26%        23%      5 %        258%    12 %
1995........   35%        34%     15 %        376%    43 %

THE CIRCUIT CITY GROUP.  Industry sales in Circuit  City's retail  segments have
varied  significantly over the past five years,  resulting in wide variations in
the Group's  sales  growth.  Geographic  expansion  and the  addition of product
categories  such as  personal  computers  were the primary  contributors  to the
Circuit City Group's  total sales  growth early in the period.  From  mid-fiscal
1996 through fiscal 1998, a lack of significant product  introductions  resulted
in lower average retails and weak sales throughout the industry. In fiscal 1999,
the industry  began to emerge from this period of declining  sales.  For Circuit
City, the fiscal 1999 sales reflected  strong sales across all major  categories
with especially strong sales in personal computers and new high technology areas
such as DIRECTV; wireless communications;  DVD players,  especially players with
the Divx feature;  and digital  camcorders.  The addition of 37 Superstores also
contributed to the total sales growth.
     The  industry  weakness  in  fiscal  1997  and  1998  resulted  in a highly
competitive  climate,  and a significant  number of regional  competitors closed
stores.  Despite  the  improvement  in fiscal  1999,  the  consumer  electronics
industry  remains highly  competitive.  Circuit City's primary  competitors  are
large specialty,  discount or warehouse retailers with generally lower levels of
service.  Because of  Circuit  City's  long  history  of  providing  exceptional
customer  service,  management  believes  that the Circuit  City  locations  can
continue to maintain share in existing  markets and build  comparable  shares in
new markets.

                                       23

     The Circuit  City Group sells two extended  warranty  programs on behalf of
unrelated third parties that issue these plans for merchandise sold by the Group
and other retailers.  These third-party programs are sold in most major markets.
In states where third-party warranty sales are not permitted,  the Group sells a
Circuit City extended  warranty.  Gross dollar sales from all extended  warranty
programs  were 5.4  percent  of the  Group's  total  sales in fiscal  year 1999,
compared  with 5.5 percent in fiscal 1998 and 6.0  percent in fiscal  1997.  The
lower  percentages  in fiscal  years 1999 and 1998  reflect  the impact of lower
average  retail  prices on consumer  demand for the related  warranties  in many
categories  and  increased  sales of some  products  that carry  lower  warranty
penetration  rates.  Total extended warranty  revenue,  which is reported in the
Group's total sales,  was 4.6 percent of sales in fiscal years 1999 and 1998 and
5.1 percent of sales in fiscal year 1997.  The gross profit  margins on products
sold with  extended  warranties  are  higher  than the gross  profit  margins on
products sold without extended warranties. Third-party extended warranty revenue
was 4.1 percent of the  Group's  total sales in fiscal year 1999 and 3.6 percent
of the  Group's  total  sales in fiscal  years 1998 and 1997.  The  fiscal  1999
increase in third-party  extended  warranty  revenue  reflects the conversion of
stores in 10 states to third-party warranty sales in June 1998.

THE CARMAX GROUP. The CarMax Group's fiscal 1999 total sales growth reflects the
addition of 12  locations,  three of which opened in the last week of the fiscal
year,  and a 2 percent  decrease in  comparable  store sales.  CarMax  opened 10
used-car  superstores in fiscal 1999. The Group grand-opened the Chicago,  Ill.,
market with three  stores  that opened  early in fiscal 1999 and one that opened
late in fiscal 1998. The Group also entered San Antonio,  Texas; and Greenville,
S.C.; and added stores in the Washington,  D.C./Baltimore, Md.; Tampa, Fla.; and
Dallas/Ft.  Worth, Texas,  markets.  The Group also acquired franchise rights or
was  awarded  new  franchise  points  for  six  new-car  stores,  including  the
nine-franchise  Mauro Auto Mall,  now  operating  as the  CarMax  Auto Mall,  in
Kenosha, Wis.
     CarMax's  fiscal 1999  comparable  store sales reflect  used-car sales that
were below  expectations and continued  strength in CarMax's new-car  comparable
store  sales.  The  disappointing  used-car  sales  resulted  from an  intensely
price-competitive   new-car  industry,  with  which  CarMax  must  compete,  and
insufficient  customer traffic in a number of multi-store  metropolitan markets.
CarMax is producing strong  store-level  returns in single-store  markets and in
the multi-store Atlanta, Ga., and Washington D.C./Baltimore, Md., markets.
     In larger,  metropolitan markets,  CarMax has begun testing a hub/satellite
operating  process.  Under the hub/satellite  process,  a satellite store shares
reconditioning,  purchasing  and business  office  operations  with a nearby hub
store. The consumer offer is identical in both the hub and satellite stores. The
hub/satellite  process  significantly  reduced  overhead and operating costs for
existing  stores  that were  designated  as  satellite  stores  in fiscal  1999.
Management  believes this operating  concept will allow it to  efficiently  open
more but smaller stores in metropolitan markets.  Prototypical  satellite stores
are expected to be approximately  12,000 square feet on four- to six-acre sites.
CarMax opened one  prototypical  satellite  store late in fiscal 1999. All other
fiscal 1999 satellite  stores are larger stores and are therefore  classified by
size, with "C" stores representing CarMax's largest store format. Going forward,
management  expects  primarily to open smaller  format "A" stores and  satellite
stores.
     The fiscal 1998 sales growth reflects the addition of 11 locations,  two of
which  opened in the last week of the fiscal  year,  and a 6 percent  comparable
store  sales  increase.   The  Group's   used-car  sales  began  to  fall  below
management's  expectations  during the second half of fiscal 1998. New-car sales
remained strong  throughout that fiscal year. In June 1997,  CarMax acquired its
second  Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep  franchise,  which was  relocated  and  opened in
conjunction with the opening of the CarMax superstore in Stockbridge, Ga.
     The fiscal 1997 sales growth includes the addition of three stores and a 23
percent  comparable  store sales  increase for the two  locations  classified as
comparable  stores  throughout  the year  and the two  locations  classified  as
comparable stores for a portion of the year.
     Extended  warranty sales prior to July 1997 include  third-party  contracts
and CarMax's  own  extended  warranty  contracts.  In most states,  CarMax sells
warranties  on  behalf  of an  unrelated  third  party  and  has no  contractual
liability  to  the  customer  under  the  warranty  programs.  In  states  where
third-party  warranty sales are not permitted,  CarMax has sold its own extended
warranty.  CarMax  expects to continue  selling  this  warranty  where state law
restricts  third-party  warranty  sales.  Gross  dollar  sales from all extended
warranty  programs  were 4.3 percent of the Group's  total sales in fiscal 1999,
3.8  percent in fiscal  1998 and 3.5  percent in fiscal  1997.  The fiscal  1999
increase reflects pricing  adjustments and a higher penetration rate achieved by
extending  warranty coverage to more vehicles.  Total extended warranty revenue,
which is reported in the Group's total sales,  was 2.0 percent of total sales in
fiscal  1999,  1.5  percent  in fiscal  1998 and 1.2  percent  in  fiscal  1997.
Third-party  extended  warranty revenue was 1.9 percent of total sales in fiscal
1999, 1.4 percent in fiscal 1998 and 1.1 percent in fiscal 1997.

IMPACT OF INFLATION.  Inflation has not been a  significant  contributor  to the
Company's results. For the Circuit City Group, the average retail price declined
in  virtually  all product  categories  during the past two years.  Although new
product   introductions  could  help  reverse  this  trend  in  selected  areas,
management expects no significant  short-term change overall.  Because the Group
purchases  substantially all products in U.S.  dollars,  prices are not directly
impacted  by the value of the dollar in relation  to other  foreign  currencies,
including the Japanese yen.
     For the CarMax Group,  inflation has not been a significant  contributor to
the Group's results.  The Group's  profitability is based on achieving  specific
gross profit dollars per unit rather than on average retail prices.  Because the
wholesale  market generally  adjusts to reflect retail price trends,  management
believes  that if the stores meet  inventory  turn  objectives,  then changes in
average  retail  prices will have only a short-term  impact on the Group's gross
margin and thus profitability.

Digital Video Express
Digital  Video Express has developed and is marketing a new digital video system
for  watching  movies at home.  Circuit  City  Stores,  Inc.  holds the majority
interest in the business. The remaining

                                       24

interest is held by the  prominent  Los Angeles  law firm  Ziffren,  Brittenham,
Branca & Fischer.  The Company's  investment in Divx is allocated to the Circuit
City Group.  Through the end of the fiscal year,  the Company had invested  $207
million  in Divx,  $120  million  of which  was  invested  in fiscal  1999.  The
investment  in Divx impacts the  Company's  and the Circuit  City Group's  gross
profit margin and selling, general and administrative expense ratio.

Cost of Sales, Buying and Warehousing
The gross profit  margin was 22.6 percent of sales in fiscal 1999  compared with
23.0 percent in fiscal years 1998 and 1997.  The fiscal 1999 gross profit margin
reflects a lower gross  profit  margin for the Circuit City Group and the higher
percentage of sales from the CarMax Group. The Circuit City Group's gross profit
margin was reduced by the  strength of the  personal  computer  business,  which
carries lower gross margins; the continued highly competitive price environment;
and costs associated with Divx. Better inventory  management and increased sales
of new  technologies  and more  fully  featured  products  partly  offset  these
factors.  Because the CarMax  business  produces  lower gross  margins  than the
Circuit City business,  the increased sales contribution from CarMax reduces the
Company's  overall  gross  profit  margin even though the CarMax  Group's  gross
profit margin  increased from fiscal 1998 to fiscal 1999.  The Company's  fiscal
1998 gross margin  reflects  better  inventory  management  and a stronger sales
performance in higher margin  categories  for the Circuit City Group,  offset by
the higher sales contribution from the CarMax Group.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  were 20.2  percent of sales in
fiscal 1999 compared with 20.8 percent in fiscal 1998 and 19.7 percent in fiscal
1997. The fiscal 1999 decrease primarily reflects the sales leverage gained from
the Circuit City Group's  comparable store sales increase,  partly offset by the
impact of selling, general and administrative expenses related to Divx. CarMax's
lower expense structure reduces the Company's  overall  expense-to-sales  ratio.
The higher ratio in fiscal 1998 compared  with fiscal 1997,  reflects the impact
of lower comparable store sales for the Circuit City Group, a decline in profits
from the Circuit  City Group's  finance  operation  and the expenses  related to
Divx.  Operating  profits  generated by the  Company's  finance  operations  are
recorded as a reduction to selling, general and administrative expenses.

Interest Expense
Interest expense was 0.3 percent of sales in fiscal years 1999 and 1998 compared
with 0.4 percent in fiscal 1997.  Interest  expense was incurred on debt used to
fund store expansion, working capital and the investment in Divx.

Net Earnings
Net  earnings  for Circuit  City  Stores,  Inc.  increased  37 percent to $142.9
million in fiscal 1999. The increase  reflects the 48 percent earnings  increase
achieved  by the Circuit  City  business,  partly  offset by the  investment  in
Digital Video Express and the CarMax Group losses.  In fiscal 1998, net earnings
were  $104.3  million,  a decrease of 24 percent  from $136.4  million in fiscal
1997. Net earnings for all three fiscal years reflect the results of the Circuit
City business,  the Company's investment in Digital Video Express and the losses
incurred by the CarMax Group.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In June 1998,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued  Statement of
Financial Accounting  Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments
and Hedging  Activities."  SFAS No. 133 is effective for fiscal years  beginning
after June 15, 1999.  SFAS No. 133  standardizes  the  accounting for derivative
instruments,   including  certain  derivative   instruments  embedded  in  other
contracts, and requires that an entity recognize those items as either assets or
liabilities and measure them at fair value. The Company does not expect SFAS No.
133 to have a material impact on its financial  position,  results of operations
or cash flows.
     In April  1998,  the  AICPA  issued  SOP 98-5  "Reporting  on the  Costs of
Start-Up  Activities."  SOP 98-5 is effective for fiscal years  beginning  after
December  15,  1998.  It  requires  costs  of  start-up  activities,   including
organization and pre-opening costs, to be expensed as incurred.  The Company has
determined  that SOP  98-5  will not have a  material  impact  on its  financial
position, annual results of operations or cash flows.

FINANCIAL CONDITION
Liquidity and Capital Resources
In fiscal 1999,  net cash provided by operating  activities  was $254.2  million
compared  with $194.6  million in fiscal 1998 and $14.2  million in fiscal 1997.
The  fiscal  1999  increase  primarily  reflects  a  decrease  in  net  accounts
receivable and higher  earnings for the Circuit City business,  partly offset by
increased  inventory  for CarMax and the  increased  investment in Digital Video
Express.  The fiscal 1998 increase  primarily  reflects a reduction in inventory
related  to the  Circuit  City  business,  a smaller  increase  in net  accounts
receivable and a slight earnings increase for the Circuit City business,  partly
offset by the investment in Digital Video Express,  greater automotive inventory
to support a larger number of CarMax superstore  openings and a higher loss from
the CarMax business.
     Most financial activities, including the investment of surplus cash and the
issuance and repayment of  short-term  and  long-term  debt,  are managed by the
Company on a centralized basis. Interest-bearing loans, with terms determined by
the board of directors,  are used to manage cash between the Groups. These loans
are reflected as inter-group receivables or payables on the financial statements
of each Group.
     Capital expenditures have been funded through sale-leaseback  transactions,
landlord  reimbursements,  proceeds  from the CarMax Group  equity  offering and
short- and long-term debt. Capital expenditures of $367.0 million in fiscal 1999
reflect Circuit City and CarMax stores opened or remodeled during the year and a
portion of the stores  opening in fiscal 2000. The  sale-leaseback  and landlord
reimbursement  transactions  completed  in fiscal 1999 totaled  $273.6  million.
Capital  expenditures  of $588.1  million in fiscal  1998 and $542.0  million in
fiscal 1997 were largely  incurred in connection  with the  Company's  expansion
programs.  Sale-leaseback  and landlord  reimbursement  transactions were $297.1
million in fiscal 1998 and $332.7 million in fiscal 1997.

                                       25

     During fiscal 1999, the CarMax Group acquired the Toyota  franchise  rights
and the related assets of Laurel  Automotive  Group,  Inc.; the franchise rights
and the related assets of Mauro Auto Mall,  Inc.;  the franchise  rights and the
related  assets of Nissan of  Greenville,  Inc.;  and the  Mitsubishi  franchise
rights and the related  assets of  Boomershine  Automotive,  Inc. for a total of
$49.6 million.  The acquisitions  were financed  through cash payments  totaling
$41.6 million and the issuance of two  promissory  notes  totaling $8.0 million.
Costs in  excess of the  acquired  net  tangible  assets,  which  are  primarily
inventory, have been recorded as goodwill and covenants not to compete.
     Receivables generated by the consumer finance operations are funded through
securitization  transactions that allow the operations to sell their receivables
while  retaining a small  interest in them.  The Circuit  City  Group's  finance
operation  has a master  trust  securitization  facility  for its  private-label
credit  card that  allows the  transfer  of up to $1.38  billion in  receivables
through both private  placement  and the public  market.  A second  master trust
securitization  program  allows  for the  transfer  of up to  $1.75  billion  in
receivables   related  to  the  operation's   bankcard   programs.   Receivables
securitized under the master trust facilities  totaled $2.76 billion at February
28,  1999.  In  fiscal  1996,  Circuit  City  Stores,  Inc.  initiated  an asset
securitization program on behalf of the CarMax Group. At the end of fiscal 1999,
that  program  allowed  for the  transfer  of up to $575.0  million in auto loan
receivables.  At February  28,  1999,  securitized  receivables  totaled  $539.0
million.  Under  the  securitization  programs,   receivables  are  sold  to  an
unaffiliated  third party with the servicing  retained.  Management expects that
these securitization  programs can be expanded to accommodate future receivables
growth.
     In fiscal 1999,  CarMax entered into a $200.0 million  one-year,  renewable
inventory financing  arrangement with an asset-backed  commercial paper conduit.
The  arrangement  provides  funding  for the  acquisition  of vehicle  inventory
through the use of a non-affiliated  special purpose company. As of February 28,
1999,  CarMax  had not yet  used the  financing  facility;  however,  management
expects  the  facility  to be phased  in during  fiscal  2000 as  various  state
regulatory requirements are met.

Capital Structure
Total assets at February 28, 1999,  were $3.45  billion,  up $213.6 million or 7
percent,  since  February  28,  1998.  A $107.1  million  increase in  inventory
contributed to the rise in total assets.
     Over the past three  years,  expansion  for the Groups has been funded with
internally generated cash, sale-leaseback transactions, proceeds from the CarMax
equity offering,  operating leases and long-term debt. Consumer receivables have
been funded through  securitization  transactions.  Late in fiscal 1997, Circuit
City Stores,  Inc.  raised a net of $412.3  million  through the initial  public
offering of 21.86 million shares of newly created CarMax Group Common Stock.  In
fiscal  1997,  the  CarMax  Group  used  approximately  $187  million of the net
proceeds  to  repay  its  allocated   portion  of  Circuit  City  Stores,   Inc.
indebtedness.  Management  has used the  remainder  of the net  proceeds to help
finance the CarMax  expansion.  In fiscal 1997,  the Company also entered into a
five-year, $130 million unsecured bank term loan agreement.
     During the period  from fiscal 1995 to fiscal  1999,  stockholders'  equity
grew  substantially.  From  fiscal  1998 to fiscal  1999,  stockholders'  equity
increased 10 percent to $1.91 billion. Capitalization for the past five years is
illustrated in the "Capitalization" table below. Higher earnings for the Circuit
City  business,  partly  offset by the  investment  in Digital Video Express and
losses  from the CarMax  Group,  produced  a return on equity of 7.9  percent in
fiscal 1999 compared with 6.2 percent in fiscal 1998.  The returns are below the
Company's long-term objective but reflect the investments in the development and
launch of the Divx system and the  expansion  of CarMax in fiscal years 1999 and
1998.  In  fiscal  1998,  the  challenging  environment  for  Circuit  City also
contributed to the below-objective return.
     Management  believes that proceeds from sales of property and equipment and
receivables,  operating leases, equity issuances,  CarMax's use of the renewable
inventory financing facility and cash generated by operations will be sufficient
to fund the capital  expenditures  of the Company.  In fiscal  2000,  management
anticipates  capital  expenditures of approximately $315 million.  At the end of
fiscal  1999,  the Company  maintained  a multi-year  $150.0  million  unsecured
revolving credit agreement and $370.0 million in seasonal lines that are renewed
annually with various banks.
     Management  remains in discussions  with potential  financing  partners for
Divx, but has not obtained any  acceptable  commitments to date. The Company has
provided  guarantees  relating  to  licensing  agreements  with  motion  picture
distributors  for use of their films by the Divx system.  The licensing fees are
based on varying  percentages  of consumer  viewing and  wholesale  receipts and
require minimum distributor compensation commencing from the operational date of
each agreement through the following one to five years.
     The Groups rely on the external debt or equity of Circuit City Stores, Inc.
to provide  working  capital  needed to fund net assets not  otherwise  financed
through operating income,  sale-leasebacks or the securitization of receivables.
All significant financial activities of each Group are managed by the Company on
a centralized basis and are dependent on the financial condition of the Company.
These financial  activities include the investment of surplus cash, issuance and
repayment of debt,  securitization  of receivables and  sale-leasebacks  of real
estate.

CAPITALIZATION
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Fiscal                                     1999               1998               1997              1996               1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Dollar amounts in millions)             $       %          $       %          $       %         $       %          $       %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Long-term debt, excluding
   current installments.............   426.6    17        424.3    18        430.3    19        399.2    23       178.6     14
Other long-term liabilities.........   149.7     6        171.5     7        199.4     9        231.8    14       241.9     19
Total stockholders' equity.......... 1,905.1    77      1,730.0    75      1,614.8    72      1,063.9    63       877.4     67
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total capitalization................ 2,481.4   100      2,325.8   100      2,244.5   100      1,694.9   100     1,297.9    100
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                       26

MARKET RISK
The Company manages the private-label and bankcard  revolving loan portfolios of
the Circuit City Group's finance operation and the installment loan portfolio of
the  CarMax  Group's  finance  operation.   Portions  of  these  portfolios  are
securitized and,  therefore,  are not presented on the Company's  balance sheet.
Interest rate exposure  relating to these  receivables  represents a market risk
exposure  that the Company has managed  with matched  funding and interest  rate
swaps.

Revolving Loans
Interest rates charged on the managed  private-label and bankcard portfolios are
primarily  indexed to the prime rate,  adjustable on a monthly  basis,  with the
balance at a fixed  annual  percentage  rate.  Total  principal  outstanding  at
February 28 had the following APR structure:

(Amounts in millions)                       1999        1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Indexed to prime rate....................  $2,714      $2,523
Fixed APR................................     243         227
                                           ------------------
Total....................................  $2,957      $2,750
                                           ------------------

     Financing for the securitization programs is achieved primarily through the
issuance of public market debt,  which is issued either at floating  rates based
on LIBOR or at fixed  rates.  Certain  of the  fixed-rate  issuances  have  been
swapped to LIBOR.  Receivables  held by the Company for  investment  or sale are
financed with working capital. At February 28, financings were as follows:

(Amounts in millions)                        1999       1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Floating-rate (including synthetic
   alteration) securitizations...........  $2,568      $2,211
Fixed-rate securitizations...............     187         290
Held by the Company:
   For investment........................     162         204
   For sale..............................      40          45
                                           ------------------
Total....................................  $2,957      $2,750
                                           ------------------

Automobile Installment Loans
Total principal  outstanding for fixed-rate  automobile loans at February 28 was
as follows:

(Amounts in millions)                        1999        1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Fixed APR..................................  $592        $297
                                             ----------------
<PAGE>
     Financing  for  these   receivables   is  achieved   through  bank  conduit
securitizations  that, in turn, issue  floating-rate  securities.  Interest rate
exposure is hedged  through the use of interest  rate swaps matched to projected
payoffs.  Receivables  held by the Company for  investment  or sale are financed
with working capital.

Financings at February 28 and related interest rates were as follows:

(Amounts in millions)                        1999        1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Floating-rate securitizations
   synthetically altered to fixed..........  $500        $224
Floating-rate securitizations..............    39          44
Held by the Company:
   For investment..........................    38          23
   For sale................................    15           6
                                             ----------------
Total......................................  $592        $297
                                             ----------------

     The Company has analyzed its interest rate exposure and has concluded  that
it did not  represent  a material  market  risk at  February  28,  1999 or 1998.
Because  programs are in place to manage interest rate exposure  relating to the
consumer loan portfolios,  the Company expects to experience  relatively  little
impact as  interest  rates  fluctuate  in the future.  The Company  also has the
ability  to adjust  fixed-APR  revolving  cards  and the index on  floating-rate
cards, subject to cardholder ratification, but does not currently anticipate the
need to do so.

YEAR 2000 CONVERSION
The following  disclosure is a Year 2000 readiness disclosure statement pursuant
to the Year 2000  Readiness  Disclosure  Act. The Year 2000 issue arises because
many computer  programs use two digits rather than four to define the applicable
year.  Using two digits to define dates after January 1, 2000, could result in a
system failure or miscalculations that cause disruption of operations including,
among other  things,  a temporary  inability  to process  transactions,  process
invoices  or engage in  similar  normal  business  activities.  In  addition  to
computer   systems,   any   equipment   with   embedded   systems  that  involve
date-sensitive  functions  are at risk if two digits  have been used rather than
four.  Embedded systems are specialized  microchips used to control,  monitor or
assist the operation of electrical equipment.
     In fiscal 1997,  the Company began a Year 2000 date  conversion  project to
address necessary code changes, testing and implementation for its systems. This
project includes internally developed information technology systems,  purchased
and  leased  software  and  hardware,   embedded  systems  and  electronic  data
interchange transaction  processing.  The Company has employed both internal and
external  resources  to reprogram or replace and test the software for Year 2000
modifications.  The Company has completed its remediation,  forward-date testing
and  production   implementation   efforts  for  its  internally  developed  and
externally purchased systems.  Replacement work and enterprise-level  testing is
scheduled to be completed by approximately July 1999.
     With regard to embedded systems,  the Company has identified  approximately
200 distinct makes and models used for  environmental  controls,  fire detection
and monitoring,  burglar detection and monitoring,  elevators,  office equipment
and uninterruptible  power supplies.  As of February 28, 1999,  approximately 98
percent of these embedded  systems are believed to be Year 2000  compliant.  The
remaining  2 percent  are  expected  to be  compliant  by June 1999,  except for
certain low-impact  embedded systems that will be left untested because the cost
of compliance testing is believed to far exceed the risk or cost of an outage.

                                       27

     The Company also has identified its key third-party  business  partners and
is  coordinating  with them to address  potential  Year 2000  issues.  Year 2000
questionnaires  were sent to these  entities to monitor  their  progress  and to
minimize  any adverse  consequences  that might  result if an entity is not Year
2000 compliant.  Responses have been received from  approximately  90 percent of
these partners with no major potential problems  identified.  Risks and business
impacts have been assigned to all vendor  products and services.  Current action
statements and contingency  plans have been developed by the Company's  business
areas  for  products  and  services  believed  to be at high or  medium  risk of
non-compliance.
     Since the project began, the Company has expensed $14.0 million,  including
$9.9  million in fiscal  1999.  The  remaining  cost of the Year 2000 project is
estimated at $2.6 million.  These costs  principally  have been incurred for the
Circuit  City Group and are in  addition  to the normal  budget for  information
systems.  The costs are being  funded  through  operating  cash  flows.  Because
CarMax's  computer  systems were developed in recent years, the Company does not
expect the CarMax  Group to incur any  material  costs  related to the Year 2000
issue.
     With respect to Year 2000 risks, the Company believes it has identified all
critical  areas  and is in the  process  of  developing  contingency  plans  and
conducting  end-to-end testing for those critical areas identified.  Critical is
defined as any business  process or  application  failure that would result in a
material financial,  legal or operational  impact. If the Company's  remediation
efforts and the  remediation  efforts of third  parties  fail (which the Company
believes is the most  reasonably  likely  worst case  scenario),  the  Company's
contingency plans include performing certain processes manually while working to
assess and  correct  any errors in the current  systems  and  possibly  changing
suppliers.  These plans are intended to enable the Company to continue operating
even if a degree of  business  interruption  occurs at Year 2000.  However,  the
Company  believes that because of the  widespread  nature of potential Year 2000
issues,  the  contingency  planning  process is an ongoing one that will require
further modifications as the Company obtains additional information.

     The  costs of the  project  and the  dates on which  the  Company  plans to
complete its Year 2000 modifications are based on management's estimates,  which
were derived  utilizing  numerous  assumptions  of future  events  including the
continued availability of certain resources,  third-party modification plans and
other  factors.  However,  Year 2000  issues  present a number of risks that are
beyond  the  Company's  reasonable  control,  such  as the  failure  of  utility
companies to deliver electricity, the failure of telecommunications companies to
provide  voice and data  services,  the  failure of  financial  institutions  to
process  transactions  and transfer  funds,  and the  collateral  effects on the
Company of the  effects of Year 2000  issues on the economy in general or on the
Company's  business  partners and customers.  Although the Company believes that
its Year 2000  compliance  program is designed  to  appropriately  identify  and
address  those Year 2000  issues that are  subject to the  Company's  reasonable
control,  the  Company  can make no  assurance  that its  efforts  will be fully
effective or that the Year 2000 issues will not have a material  adverse  effect
on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
The provisions of the Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform Act of 1995, which
became law in December 1995,  provide companies with a "safe harbor" when making
forward-looking  statements.  This "safe harbor" encourages companies to provide
prospective  information about their companies  without fear of litigation.  The
Company  wishes to take  advantage of the "safe  harbor"  provisions of the Act.
Company  statements that are not historical  facts,  including  statements about
management's  expectations  for  fiscal  2000 and  beyond,  are  forward-looking
statements and involve various risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause
the Company's actual results to differ materially from management's projections,
forecasts,  estimates  and  expectations  include,  but are not  limited to, the
following:
     (a) changes in the amount and degree of  promotional  intensity  exerted by
current  competitors and potential new  competition  from both retail stores and
alternative methods or channels of distribution such as electronic and telephone
shopping services and mail order;
     (b) changes in general U.S. or regional U.S. economic conditions including,
but not limited to, consumer credit  availability,  consumer credit  delinquency
and default rates, interest rates,  inflation,  personal  discretionary spending
levels and consumer sentiment about the economy in general;
     (c) the  presence  or absence of new  products  or product  features in the
merchandise  categories  the Company sells and changes in the  Company's  actual
merchandise sales mix;
     (d)  significant  changes in retail  prices for products sold by any of the
Company's businesses,  including changes in prices for new and used cars and the
relative consumer demand for new or used cars;
     (e) lack of  availability  or access to sources  of supply for  appropriate
Circuit City or CarMax inventory;
     (f) the  ability  to  retain  and grow an  effective  management  team in a
dynamic  environment or changes in the cost or  availability  of a suitable work
force to manage and support the Company's service-driven operating strategies;
     (g)  changes in  availability  or cost of capital  expenditure  and working
capital financing,  including the availability of long-term financing to support
development of the Company's  businesses and the availability of  securitization
financing for credit card and auto installment loan receivables;
     (h) changes in  production or  distribution  costs or cost of materials for
the Company's advertising;
     (i) availability of appropriate real estate locations for expansion;
     (j) the imposition of new restrictions or regulations regarding the sale of
products or services  the Company  sells,  changes in tax rules and  regulations
applicable to the Company,  the  imposition of new  environmental  restrictions,
regulations or laws or the discovery of  environmental  conditions at current or
future  locations or any failure to comply with such laws or any adverse  change
in such laws;
     (k)  adverse  results in  significant  litigation  matters;
     (l)  changes  in levels of  competition  in the car  business  from  either
traditional  competitors  or  new  nontraditional   competitors  utilizing  auto
superstore or other formats;

                                       28

     (m) the inability of the CarMax business to reach expected mature sales and
earnings potential;
     (n) limited or lack of availability of new-car franchises within a suitable
radius of existing and proposed CarMax stores or limited  manufacturer  approval
of franchise acquisitions;
     (o) availability of long-term financing to support Divx;
     (p) the early stage of market  development and absence of operating history
for Divx and  therefore  lack of  assurance  that  this  business  will  achieve
significant sales or profits;
     (q) the  early  stage of Divx  market  development  and  therefore  lack of
assurance  that the  product  support  systems  will work as expected on a large
scale;
     (r) ability to maintain and acquire  additional  long-term  agreements  for
title releases on Divx discs,  manufacturing  of Divx discs and licensing of the
proprietary Divx hardware architecture;
     (s) developments or assertions by or against Divx, relating to intellectual
property  rights;
     (t) difficulty  securing long-term  agreements for the distribution of Divx
discs through retail  outlets;  and
     (u) development of alternative and highly competitive means of distributing
movies for in-home viewing.

     The United States  retail  industry and the  specialty  retail  industry in
particular are dynamic by nature and have undergone significant changes over the
past several years. The Company's ability to anticipate and successfully respond
to continuing challenges is key to achieving its expectations.

                                       29

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
                                                                                   Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands except per share data)                     1999         %         1998         %         1997        %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


NET SALES AND OPERATING REVENUES.............................$10,804,447   100.0     $8,870,797   100.0    $7,663,811    100.0

Cost of sales, buying and warehousing........................  8,359,428    77.4      6,827,133    77.0     5,902,711     77.0
                                                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
GROSS PROFIT.................................................  2,445,019    22.6      2,043,664    23.0     1,761,100     23.0
                                                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
Selling, general and administrative
   expenses [NOTE 11]........................................  2,186,177    20.2      1,848,559    20.8     1,511,294     19.7
Interest expense [NOTE 5]....................................     28,319     0.3         26,861     0.3        29,782      0.4
                                                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL EXPENSES...............................................  2,214,496    20.5      1,875,420    21.1     1,541,076     20.1
                                                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings before income taxes.................................    230,523     2.1        168,244     1.9       220,024      2.9
Provision for income taxes [NOTE 6]..........................     87,599     0.8         63,933     0.7        83,610      1.1
                                                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
NET EARNINGS.................................................   $142,924     1.3       $104,311     1.2      $136,414      1.8
                                                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) attributed to [NOTES 1 AND 2]:
   Circuit City Group common stock...........................   $148,381               $112,074              $136,680
   CarMax Group common stock.................................     (5,457)                (7,763)                 (266)
                                                             -----------             ----------            ----------
                                                                $142,924               $104,311              $136,414
                                                             -----------             ----------            ----------
Weighted average common shares [NOTES 2 AND 8]:
   Circuit City Group:
      Basic..................................................     99,152                 98,027                97,311
                                                             -----------             ----------            ----------
      Diluted................................................    100,406                 99,204                98,472
                                                             -----------             ----------            ----------
   CarMax Group..............................................     22,604                 22,001                21,860
                                                             -----------             ----------            ----------
NET EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE [NOTES 2 AND 8]:

   Circuit City Group:
      Basic..................................................      $1.50                  $1.14                 $1.40
                                                             -----------             ----------            ----------
      Diluted................................................      $1.48                  $1.13                 $1.39
                                                             -----------             ----------            ----------
   CarMax Group..............................................     $(0.24)                $(0.35)               $(0.01)
                                                             -----------             ----------            ----------

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       30
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                                                                       At February 28
(Amounts in thousands except share data)                                                        1999                   1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ASSETS

   CURRENT ASSETS:

   Cash and cash equivalents...............................................................   $265,880                $116,612
   Net accounts receivable [NOTE 12].......................................................    574,316                 598,035
   Inventory...............................................................................  1,517,675               1,410,545
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets...............................................     36,644                  21,157
                                                                                            ----------------------------------
   TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS....................................................................  2,394,515               2,146,349

   Property and equipment, net [NOTES 4 AND 5].............................................  1,005,773               1,048,434
   Other assets............................................................................     44,978                  36,918
                                                                                            ----------------------------------
   TOTAL ASSETS............................................................................ $3,445,266              $3,231,701
                                                                                            ----------------------------------

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

   CURRENT LIABILITIES:

   Current installments of long-term debt [NOTES 5 AND 10].................................     $2,707                  $1,301
   Accounts payable........................................................................    799,733                 765,391
   Short-term debt [NOTE 5]................................................................      8,016                   5,976
   Accrued expenses and other current liabilities..........................................    143,585                 132,802
   Deferred income taxes [NOTE 6]..........................................................      9,764                     356
                                                                                            ----------------------------------
   TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES...............................................................    963,805                 905,826

   Long-term debt, excluding current installments [NOTES 5 AND 10].........................    426,585                 424,292
   Deferred revenue and other liabilities..................................................    112,085                 145,107
   Deferred income taxes [NOTE 6]..........................................................     37,661                  26,437
                                                                                            ----------------------------------
   TOTAL LIABILITIES.......................................................................  1,540,136               1,501,662
                                                                                            ----------------------------------

   STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [NOTES 1 AND 7]:

   Circuit City Group common stock, $0.50 par value; 175,000,000 shares authorized;
      100,820,000 shares issued and outstanding (99,282,000 in 1998).......................     50,410                  49,641
   CarMax Group common stock, $0.50 par value; 175,000,000 shares authorized;
      23,116,000 shares issued and outstanding (22,204,000 in 1998)........................     11,558                  11,102
   Capital in excess of par value..........................................................    575,686                 530,763
   Retained earnings.......................................................................  1,267,476               1,138,533
                                                                                            ----------------------------------
   TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY..............................................................  1,905,130               1,730,039
                                                                                            ----------------------------------
   Commitments and contingent liabilities [NOTES 1, 9, 10, 12, 13 AND 14]

   TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.............................................. $3,445,266              $3,231,701
                                                                                            ----------------------------------

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       31
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                                                                          Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands)                                                          1999               1998                1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

   Net earnings............................................................  $142,924            $104,311            $136,414
   Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash
      provided by operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization........................................   140,293             116,326              98,977
      Loss (gain) on disposition of property and equipment.................     3,087              14,093              (1,540)
      Provision for deferred income taxes..................................    20,632              15,052              20,973
      Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects
         from business acquisitions:
         Decrease in deferred revenue and other liabilities................   (33,022)            (23,024)            (47,706)
         Decrease (increase) in net accounts receivable....................    23,719             (66,061)           (207,579)
         Increase in inventory, prepaid expenses and other current assets..   (97,642)            (24,526)            (66,594)
         Decrease (increase) in other assets...............................     9,132              (4,969)            (15,869)
         Increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and
            other current liabilities......................................    45,125              63,379              97,162
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------
   NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES...............................   254,248             194,581              14,238
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

   Cash used in business acquisitions [NOTE 3].............................   (41,562)                  -                   -
   Purchases of property and equipment.....................................  (366,971)           (588,052)           (541,989)
   Proceeds from sales of property and equipment...........................   273,647             297,126             332,726
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------
   NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES...................................  (134,886)           (290,926)           (209,263)
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

   (Payments on) proceeds from issuance of short-term debt, net............      (960)              5,629             (91,740)
   Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt................................         -                   -              32,619
   Principal payments on long-term debt....................................    (1,301)             (6,187)             (1,436)
   Issuances of Circuit City Group common stock, net.......................    42,165              22,311              15,385
   Issuances of CarMax Group common stock, net.............................     3,983               2,353             412,335
   Dividends paid on Circuit City Group common stock.......................   (13,981)            (13,792)            (13,199)
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------
   NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES...............................    29,906              10,314             353,964
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents...........................   149,268             (86,031)            158,939
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.............................   116,612             202,643              43,704
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year...................................  $265,880            $116,612            $202,643
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

   Cash paid during the year for:
   Interest................................................................   $31,858             $26,697             $29,925
   Income taxes............................................................   $53,528             $47,936             $73,113

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       32
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY


                                             Common Shares Outstanding  Common Stock      Capital In
                                               Circuit City CarMax Circuit City  CarMax    Excess of   Retained
(Amounts in thousands except per share data)       Group     Group     Group      Group    Par Value   Earnings       Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


BALANCE AT MARCH 1, 1996.........................  97,380        -    $48,690        $-     $90,432     $924,799   $1,063,921
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net earnings..................................       -        -          -         -           -      136,414      136,414
   Exercise of common stock options [NOTE 7].....     786        -        393         -      13,497            -       13,890
   Shares issued under Employee
      Stock Purchase Plan [NOTE 7]...............      78        -         39         -       2,491            -        2,530
   Shares issued under the 1994 Stock
      Incentive Plan [NOTE 7]....................     255        -        127         -       7,455            -        7,582
   Tax benefit from stock issued.................       -        -          -         -       3,080            -        3,080
   Shares issued in the CarMax Group stock
      offering...................................       -   21,860          -    10,930     401,405            -      412,335
   Shares cancelled upon reacquisition by Company    (321)       -       (160)        -      (9,654)           -       (9,814)
   Unearned compensation-restricted stock........       -        -          -         -      (1,883)           -       (1,883)
   Cash dividends-Circuit City Group common
      stock ($0.14 per share)....................       -        -          -         -           -      (13,199)     (13,199)
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT FEBRUARY 28, 1997.....................  98,178   21,860     49,089    10,930     506,823    1,048,014    1,614,856
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net earnings..................................       -        -          -         -           -      104,311      104,311
   Exercise of common stock options [NOTE 7].....     483      273        241       136       6,790            -        7,167
   Shares issued under Employee
      Stock Purchase Plans [NOTE 7]..............     173       51         87        26       6,648            -        6,761
   Shares issued under the 1994 Stock
      Incentive Plan [NOTE 7]....................     605       20        302        10      20,214            -       20,526
   Tax benefit from stock issued.................       -        -          -         -       8,013            -        8,013
   Shares cancelled upon reacquisition by Company    (157)       -        (78)        -      (4,470)           -       (4,548)
   Unearned compensation-restricted stock........       -        -          -         -     (13,255)           -      (13,255)
   Cash dividends-Circuit City Group common
      stock ($0.14 per share)....................       -        -          -         -           -      (13,792)     (13,792)
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT FEBRUARY 28, 1998.....................  99,282   22,204     49,641    11,102     530,763    1,138,533    1,730,039
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net earnings..................................       -        -          -         -           -      142,924      142,924
   Exercise of common stock options [NOTE 7].....   1,004      543        502       272      16,945            -       17,719
   Shares issued under Employee
      Stock Purchase Plans [NOTE 7]..............     429      269        215       134      19,431            -       19,780
   Shares issued under the 1994 Stock
      Incentive Plan [NOTE 7]....................     360      100        180        50      14,588            -       14,818
   Tax benefit from stock issued.................       -        -          -         -       9,523            -        9,523
   Other.........................................      32        -         16         -       1,445            -        1,461
   Shares cancelled upon reacquisition by Company    (287)       -       (144)        -     (14,239)           -      (14,383)
   Unearned compensation-restricted stock........       -        -          -         -      (2,770)           -       (2,770)
   Cash dividends-Circuit City Group common
      stock ($0.14 per share)....................       -        -          -         -           -      (13,981)     (13,981)
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT FEBRUARY 28, 1999..................... 100,820   23,116    $50,410   $11,558    $575,686   $1,267,476   $1,905,130
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>

                                       33

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
On  January  24,  1997,  shareholders  of  Circuit  City  Stores,  Inc.  and its
subsidiaries  approved the creation of two common stock  series.  The  Company's
existing  common  stock was  subsequently  redesignated  as Circuit City Stores,
Inc.-Circuit  City Group Common Stock. In an initial public offering,  which was
completed  February 7, 1997,  the Company sold 21.86  million  shares of Circuit
City Stores, Inc.-CarMax Group Common Stock.
     The Circuit City Group Common Stock is intended to track the performance of
the Circuit City store-related  operations,  the Company's investment in Digital
Video Express and the Group's retained  interest in the CarMax Group. The CarMax
Group  Common  Stock  is  intended  to  track  the  performance  of  the  CarMax
operations.  The Circuit City Group held a 76.6  percent  interest in the CarMax
Group at February 28, 1999, a 77.3 percent  interest at February 28, 1998, and a
77.5 percent interest at February 28, 1997.
     Notwithstanding  the  attribution of the Company's  assets and  liabilities
(including contingent  liabilities) and stockholders' equity between the Circuit
City Group and the CarMax Group for the purposes of preparing  their  respective
financial statements,  holders of Circuit City Stock and holders of CarMax Stock
are  shareholders  of the Company and continue to be subject to all of the risks
associated with an investment in the Company and all of its  businesses,  assets
and liabilities.  Such attribution and the change in the equity structure of the
Company  does  not  affect  title  to  the  assets  or  responsibility  for  the
liabilities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The results of operations
or financial  condition of one Group could affect the results of  operations  or
financial condition of the other Group. Accordingly,  the Company's consolidated
financial  statements  included  herein should be read in  conjunction  with the
financial statements of each Group.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(A) PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION:  The consolidated  financial statements include
the accounts of the Circuit City Group,  including  Divx,  and the CarMax Group,
which  combined   comprise  all  accounts  of  the  Company.   All   significant
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(B) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:  Cash equivalents of $216,129,000 at February 28,
1999,  and  $71,750,000  at February  28,  1998,  consist of highly  liquid debt
securities with original maturities of three months or less.

(C) TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL  ASSETS:  The Company adopted Statement
of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 125,  "Accounting  for  Transfers  and
Servicing of Financial Assets and  Extinguishments  of  Liabilities,"  effective
January 1, 1997.  For transfers  that qualify as sales,  the Company  recognizes
gains  or  losses  as a  component  of the  Company's  finance  operations.  For
transfers of financial assets to qualify for sale  accounting,  control over the
assets must be surrendered at the time of sale.  Multiple  estimates are used to
calculate the gain or loss on sales of receivables  under SFAS No. 125.  Finance
charge income,  default rates and payment rates are estimated using  projections
developed  from the prior 12 months of operating  history.  These  estimates are
adjusted  for any  industry or  portfolio  trends that have been  observed.  The
resulting  cash  flow   projections  are  present  valued  at  a  discount  rate
appropriate for the type of asset and risk. Retained interests (such as residual
interests in a securitization  trust, cash reserve accounts and rights to future
interest  from serviced  assets that exceed  contractually  specified  servicing
fees) are included in net accounts receivable and are carried at fair value with
changes in fair value reflected in earnings.  Loan receivables held for sale are
carried  at the  lower of cost or  market,  whereas  loan  receivables  held for
investment  are carried at cost less an  allowance  for losses.  At February 28,
1999 and 1998, cost approximates fair value.

(D) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS:  The carrying  value of the  Company's
financial instruments,  excluding interest rate swaps held for hedging purposes,
approximates  fair value.  Credit risk is the exposure  created by the potential
nonperformance  of  another  material  party to an  agreement  due to changes in
economic,  industry or geographic factors.  The Company mitigates credit risk by
dealing  only with  counterparties  that are highly  rated by several  financial
rating agencies.  Accordingly, the Company does not anticipate material loss for
nonperformance.  The Company broadly diversifies all financial instruments along
industry, product and geographic areas.

(E)  INVENTORY:  Inventory  is stated at the  lower of cost or  market.  Cost is
determined by the average cost method for the Circuit City Group's inventory and
by specific  identification for the CarMax Group's vehicle inventory.  Parts and
labor  used  to  recondition  vehicles,  as  well as  transportation  and  other
incremental  expenses  associated with acquiring  vehicles,  are included in the
CarMax Group's inventory.

(F) PREPAID  ROYALTIES AND EXECUTION  FEES:  Prepaid  royalties  represent fixed
minimum advance  payments made to licensors for digital video disc  distribution
rights. Divx retains a licensor's share of distribution revenues until the share
equals the advance paid to the  licensor.  Thereafter,  any excess  distribution
revenue is paid to the licensor.  Prepaid royalties are charged to operations as
revenues are earned.  Execution fees are one-time  payments made to licensors at
the time the related  licensing  agreements  are executed and are amortized over
the shorter of the initial terms of the licensing agreements or five years. Both
the prepaid  royalties and  execution  fees are stated at the lower of amortized
cost or estimated net realizable value on a license-agreement basis.

(G)  PROPERTY  AND  EQUIPMENT:  Property  and  equipment  is stated at cost less
accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation and amortization are
calculated  using the  straight-line  method over the assets'  estimated  useful
lives.
     Property  held under  capital  lease is stated at the lower of the  present
value of the  minimum  lease  payments at the  inception  of the lease or market
value and is  amortized  on a  straight-line  basis  over the lease  term or the
estimated useful life of the asset, whichever is shorter.

                                       34

(H) COMPUTER  SOFTWARE  COSTS:  Effective March 1, 1998, the Company adopted the
American Institute of Certified Public  Accountants  Statement of Position 98-1,
"Accounting  for the  Costs of  Computer  Software  Developed  or  Obtained  for
Internal  Use."  Once the  capitalization  criteria  of the SOP have  been  met,
external  direct costs of  materials  and services  used in the  development  of
internal-use  software  and  payroll  and  payroll-related  costs for  employees
directly  involved in the development of internal-use  software are capitalized.
Amounts  capitalized  are  amortized on a  straight-line  basis over a period of
three to five years.

(I)  INTANGIBLE  ASSETS:  Amounts paid for acquired  businesses in excess of the
fair value of the net tangible assets  acquired are recorded as goodwill,  which
is  amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over 15 years,  and  covenants  not to
compete,  which are  amortized  on a  straight-line  basis  over the life of the
covenant not to exceed five years.  Both  goodwill and  covenants not to compete
are included in other assets on the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets.
The carrying value of intangible assets is periodically  reviewed by the Company
and impairments are recognized when the expected future  undiscounted  operating
cash flows derived from such intangible assets are less than the carrying value.
<PAGE>
(J) PRE-OPENING EXPENSES: Expenses associated with the opening of new stores are
deferred  and  amortized  ratably  over the  period  from the date of the  store
opening to the end of the fiscal year.

(K) INCOME TAXES:  The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS
No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Deferred income taxes reflect the impact
of  temporary   differences  between  the  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities
recognized  for  financial  reporting  purposes and the amounts  recognized  for
income tax  purposes,  measured by  applying  currently  enacted  tax laws.  The
Company  recognizes  deferred  tax assets if it is more  likely  than not that a
benefit will be realized.

(L) DEFERRED  REVENUE:  The Circuit  City Group sells its own extended  warranty
contracts and extended warranty  contracts on behalf of unrelated third parties.
The contracts extend beyond the normal manufacturer's  warranty period,  usually
with terms  (including the  manufacturer's  warranty  period)  between 12 and 60
months.  All revenue  from the sale of the  Circuit  City  Group's own  extended
warranty  contracts is deferred and amortized on a straight-line  basis over the
life of the contracts. Incremental direct costs related to the sale of contracts
are deferred  and charged to expense in  proportion  to the revenue  recognized.
Commission  revenue for the unrelated  third-party  extended  warranty  plans is
recognized at the time of sale.
     The CarMax  Group sells  service  contracts  on behalf of  unrelated  third
parties and,  prior to July 1997,  sold its own contracts at one location  where
third-party  warranty sales were not permitted.  Contracts usually have terms of
coverage  between  12 and 72  months.  All  revenue  from the sale of the CarMax
Group's own service  contracts  is deferred and  amortized  over the life of the
contracts  consistent  with the pattern of repair  experience  of the  industry.
Incremental  direct  costs  related to the sale of  contracts  are  deferred and
charged to expense in proportion to the revenue  recognized.  Commission revenue
for the  unrelated  third-party  service  contracts is recognized at the time of
sale.

(M) SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES: Operating profits generated by
the Company's finance operations are recorded as a reduction to selling, general
and administrative expenses.

(N) ADVERTISING EXPENSES: All advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

(O) NET EARNINGS  (LOSS) PER SHARE:  On December 15, 1997,  the Company  adopted
SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings  per Share." All prior  period  earnings per share data
presented has been restated to conform with the provisions of SFAS No. 128.
     Basic net earnings per share for Circuit City Stock is computed by dividing
net  earnings  attributed  to Circuit  City Stock,  including  the Circuit  City
Group's 100 percent interest in the losses of the CarMax Group for periods prior
to the offering and the Circuit  City  Group's  retained  interest in the CarMax
Group  subsequent to the offering,  by the weighted  average number of shares of
Circuit City Stock outstanding.  Diluted net earnings per share for Circuit City
Stock is computed by dividing  net  earnings  attributed  to Circuit City Stock,
which  includes  the Circuit City Group's  retained  interest in CarMax,  by the
weighted average number of shares of Circuit City Stock outstanding and dilutive
potential Circuit City Stock.
     Net loss per share for CarMax  Stock is computed  by dividing  the net loss
attributed  to CarMax Stock by the weighted  average  number of shares of CarMax
Stock outstanding. Diluted net loss per share for CarMax Stock is not calculated
since CarMax has a net loss for the periods presented.

(P)  STOCK-BASED  COMPENSATION:  On March 1, 1996, the Company  adopted SFAS No.
123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation."  The  Company has elected to
continue applying the provisions of the Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No.
25,  "Accounting  For Stock Issued to  Employees,"  and to provide the pro forma
disclosures of SFAS No. 123.

(Q) DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS: The Company enters into interest rate swap
agreements  to manage  exposure  to  interest  rates and to more  closely  match
funding costs to the use of funding.  Interest rate swaps  relating to long-term
debt are  classified  as held for purposes  other than trading and are accounted
for on a settlement  basis. To qualify for this accounting  treatment,  the swap
must  synthetically  alter  the  nature  of a  designated  underlying  financial
instrument.  Under this method,  payments or receipts due or owed under the swap
agreement are accrued  through each  settlement date and recorded as a component
of interest expense.  If a swap designated as a synthetic  alteration were to be
terminated, any gain or loss on the termination would be deferred and recognized
over the  shorter of the  original  contractual  life of the swap or the related
life of the designated long-term debt.
     The Company also enters into interest  rate swap  agreements as part of its
asset securitization  programs. Swaps entered into by a seller as part of a sale
of financial assets are considered  proceeds at fair value in the  determination
of the gain or loss on the sale. If such a swap were  terminated,  the impact on
the fair  value  of the  financial  asset  created  by the  sale of the  related
receivables would be estimated and included in earnings.

                                       35

(R) RISKS AND  UNCERTAINTIES:  Circuit  City is a leading  national  retailer of
brand-name  consumer  electronics,  personal  computers,  major  appliances  and
entertainment  software.  The diversity of Circuit City's  products,  customers,
suppliers and geographic operations significantly reduces the risk that a severe
impact will occur in the near term as a result of changes in its customer  base,
competition,  sources of supply or markets.  It is  unlikely  that any one event
would have a severe impact on the Company's operating results.
<PAGE>
     Because of its  investment  in Divx,  the Company is subject to  additional
risks and  uncertainties.  Divx was formed to develop and launch an  enhancement
for DVD  players  that  provides  significant  copyright  protection  for movies
released  on  Divx  digital  discs  and  sets  a new  standard  for  home  video
convenience.  While  management  believes  this  product  will  gain  widespread
acceptance,  there is no assurance that Divx ever will achieve significant sales
of such product.  Other risks include limited operating history, no assurance of
successful  operations,  early  state  of  market  development,   acquiring  and
maintaining  licensing  and  manufacturing   agreements,   minimum  compensation
requirements  under  studio  license  agreements,  competition  from  substitute
products and services,  rapid technological change,  dependence on key personnel
and  vendors,   development  or  assertions  by  or  against  Divx  relating  to
intellectual  property rights, and the uncertainty of availability of additional
financing.
     The CarMax Group is a used- and new-car retail  business.  The diversity of
the CarMax Group's customers and suppliers reduces the risk that a severe impact
will  occur in the near  term as a result of  changes  in its  customer  base or
sources of supply.  However,  due to the CarMax  Group's  limited  overall size,
management  cannot  assure  that  unanticipated  events will not have a negative
impact on the Company.
     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the reported amounts of assets,  liabilities,  revenues
and expenses and the  disclosure of contingent  assets and  liabilities.  Actual
results could differ from those estimates.

(S)  CORPORATE   ALLOCATIONS:   The  Company  manages   corporate   general  and
administrative   costs  and  other  shared  services  on  a  centralized  basis.
Allocations  of these  corporate  activities  and their related  expenses to the
Groups is based on methods that the Company believes to be reasonable.
     The  provision for federal  income taxes is  determined  on a  consolidated
basis. The financial  statement provision is reflected in each Group's financial
statements in accordance with the Company's tax allocation  policy.  In general,
this policy provides that the  consolidated  tax provision be allocated  between
the Groups based principally upon the financial income,  taxable income, credits
and other amounts  directly  related to the respective  Group. Tax benefits that
cannot be used by the Group generating such attributes, but can be utilized on a
consolidated basis, are allocated to the Group that generated such benefits.

(T) RECLASSIFICATIONS:  Certain amounts in prior years have been reclassified to
conform to classifications adopted in fiscal 1999.

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS
During fiscal 1999,  CarMax acquired the franchise rights and the related assets
of four  new-car  dealerships  for an  aggregate  cost  of  $49.6  million.  The
acquisitions  were financed through available cash resources and the issuance of
two promissory notes aggregating $8.0 million. Costs in excess of the fair value
of the net tangible assets acquired (primarily  inventory) have been recorded as
goodwill and covenants not to compete.  These  acquisitions  were  accounted for
under the  purchase  method and the results of the  operations  of the  acquired
franchises  have  been  included  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial
statements  since  the  date of  acquisition.  Unaudited  pro-forma  information
related  to  these   acquisitions  is  not  included  as  the  impact  of  these
acquisitions on the accompanying consolidated financial statements is not deemed
to be material.

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment, at cost, at February 28 is summarized as follows:

(Amounts in thousands)                      1999       1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Land and buildings (20 to 25 years)..    $107,310    $143,905
Land held for development............      28,781      11,601
Construction in progress.............     179,664     237,205
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
   (3 to 8 years)....................     705,660     615,564
Leasehold improvements
   (10 to 15 years)..................     549,673     483,069
Capital leases, primarily buildings
   (20 years)........................      12,471      12,471
                                       ----------------------
                                        1,583,559   1,503,815
Less accumulated depreciation and
   amortization......................     577,786     455,381
                                       ----------------------
Property and equipment, net..........  $1,005,773  $1,048,434
                                       ----------------------
<PAGE>

5. DEBT
Long-term debt at February 28 is summarized as follows:

(Amounts in thousands)                       1999      1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Term loans...............................  $405,000  $405,000
Industrial Development Revenue
   Bonds due through 2006 at various
   prime-based rates of interest
   ranging from 5.0% to 7.0%.............     6,564     7,665
Obligations under capital leases [NOTE 10]   12,728    12,928
Note payable.............................     5,000         -
                                           ------------------
Total long-term debt.....................   429,292   425,593
Less current installments................     2,707     1,301
                                           ------------------
Long-term debt, excluding
   current installments..................  $426,585  $424,292
                                           ------------------

     In  July  1994,  the  Company  entered  into  a  seven-year,  $100,000,000,
unsecured  bank  term  loan.  The  loan was  restructured  in  August  1996 as a
$100,000,000,  six-year  unsecured  bank term loan.  Principal is due in full at
maturity  with interest  payable  periodically  at LIBOR plus 0.40  percent.  At
February 28, 1999, the interest rate on the term loan was 5.76 percent.

                                       36

     In May 1995, the Company entered into a five-year, $175,000,000,  unsecured
bank term loan.  Principal  is due in full at  maturity  with  interest  payable
periodically at LIBOR plus 0.35 percent. At February 28, 1999, the interest rate
on the term loan was 5.67 percent.
     In June 1996, the Company entered into a five-year, $130,000,000, unsecured
bank term loan.  Principal  is due in full at  maturity  with  interest  payable
periodically at LIBOR plus 0.35 percent. At February 28, 1999, the interest rate
on the term loan was 5.29 percent.
     The  Company  maintains a  multi-year,  $150,000,000,  unsecured  revolving
credit agreement with four banks. The agreement calls for interest based on both
committed  rates and money market rates and a commitment fee of 0.13 percent per
annum.  The  agreement  was entered into as of August 31, 1996,  and  terminates
August  31,  2002.  No  amounts  were  outstanding  under the  revolving  credit
agreement at February 28, 1999 or 1998.
     The  Industrial  Development  Revenue  Bonds  are  collateralized  by land,
buildings  and  equipment  with an  aggregate  carrying  value of  approximately
$10,740,000 at February 28, 1999, and $10,879,000 at February 28, 1998.
     In November  1998,  CarMax entered into a four-year,  unsecured  $5,000,000
promissory note. Principal is due annually with interest payable periodically at
8.25 percent.
     In fiscal 1999,  CarMax  entered into a  $200,000,000  one-year,  renewable
inventory financing  arrangement with an asset-backed  commercial paper conduit.
The arrangement  will provide  funding for the acquisition of vehicle  inventory
through the use of a non-affiliated special purpose company. During fiscal 1999,
no inventory was financed by CarMax under this arrangement.
     The scheduled aggregate annual principal payments on long-term  obligations
for the next  five  fiscal  years  are as  follows:  2000 -  $2,707,000;  2001 -
$177,344,000; 2002 - $132,485,000; 2003 - $102,594,000; 2004 - $1,507,000.
     Under  certain of the debt  agreements,  the  Company  must meet  financial
covenants   relating  to  minimum   tangible  net  worth,   current  ratios  and
debt-to-capital ratios. The Company was in compliance with all such covenants at
February 28, 1999 and 1998.
     Short-term  debt is funded through  committed  lines of credit and informal
credit arrangements, as well as the revolving agreement. Amounts outstanding and
committed lines of credit available are as follows:

                                         Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands)                       1999      1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------

Average short-term debt outstanding......   $54,505   $48,254
                                           ------------------
Maximum short-term debt outstanding......  $463,000  $414,000
                                           ------------------
Aggregate committed lines of credit......  $370,000  $410,000
                                           ------------------

     The weighted average  interest rate on the outstanding  short-term debt was
5.1 percent  during fiscal 1999,  5.7 percent during fiscal 1998 and 5.4 percent
during fiscal 1997.
     The Company  capitalizes  interest in connection  with the  construction of
certain  facilities  and software  developed  or obtained  for internal  use. In
fiscal 1999, interest capitalized  amounted to $5,423,000  ($9,638,000 in fiscal
1998 and $6,970,000 in fiscal 1997).
<PAGE>

6. INCOME TAXES
The Company files a consolidated  federal  income tax return.  The components of
the provision for income taxes are as follows:

                                     Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands)               1999     1998     1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Current:
   Federal........................  $59,134  $46,475  $55,673
   State..........................    7,833    2,406    6,964
                                    -------------------------
                                     66,967   48,881   62,637
                                    -------------------------
Deferred:
   Federal........................   20,013   12,801   19,839
   State..........................      619    2,251    1,134
                                    -------------------------
                                     20,632   15,052   20,973
                                    -------------------------
Provision for income taxes........  $87,599  $63,933  $83,610
                                    -------------------------

     The effective  income tax rate differed from the Federal  statutory  income
tax rate as follows:

                                      Years Ended February 28
                                      1999     1998     1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Federal statutory income
   tax rate.........................  35.0%    35.0%    35.0%
State and local income taxes,
   net of Federal benefit...........   3.0      3.0      3.0
                                      -----------------------
Effective income tax rate...........  38.0%    38.0%    38.0%
                                      -----------------------

     In accordance  with SFAS No. 109, the tax effects of temporary  differences
that  give  rise  to a  significant  portion  of the  deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities at February 28, 1999 and 1998, are as follows:

(Amounts in thousands)                        1999      1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Deferred tax assets:
   Deferred revenue........................   $8,332   $1,360
   Inventory capitalization................    2,578    4,976
   Accrued expenses........................   27,080   42,554
   Other...................................    5,430    3,638
                                             ----------------
      Total gross deferred tax assets......   43,420   52,528
                                             ----------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
   Depreciation and amortization...........   48,035   45,118
   Gain on sales of receivables............   14,990   11,439
   Other prepaid expenses..................   12,062   10,569
   Other...................................   15,758   12,195
                                             ----------------
      Total gross deferred tax liabilities.   90,845   79,321
                                             ----------------
Net deferred tax liability.................  $47,425  $26,793
                                             ----------------

     Based on the Company's  historical and current pretax earnings,  management
believes the amount of gross deferred tax assets will be realized through future
taxable income; therefore, no valuation allowance is necessary.

                                       37

7. CAPITAL STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS
(A) PREFERRED STOCK: In conjunction with the Company's  Shareholders Rights Plan
as amended and restated,  preferred stock purchase rights were  distributed as a
dividend  at the rate of one  right for each  share of  Circuit  City  Stock and
CarMax Stock.  The rights are  exercisable  only upon the  attainment of, or the
commencement of a tender offer to attain, a specified  ownership interest in the
Company by a person or group.  When  exercisable,  each Circuit City right would
entitle  shareholders  to  buy  one  four-hundredth  of a  share  of  Cumulative
Participating  Preferred Stock, Series E, $20 par value, at an exercise price of
$250 per share subject to adjustment. Each CarMax right, when exercisable, would
entitle  shareholders  to  buy  one  four-hundredth  of a  share  of  Cumulative
Participating  Preferred Stock, Series F, $20 par value, at an exercise price of
$100 per  share  subject  to  adjustment.  A total of  1,000,000  shares of such
preferred stock, which have preferential  dividend and liquidation  rights, have
been designated. No such shares are outstanding.  In the event that an acquiring
person or group  acquires the  specified  ownership  percentage of the Company's
common stock (except pursuant to a cash tender offer for all outstanding  shares
determined  to be  fair  by the  board  of  directors)  or  engages  in  certain
transactions  with the Company after the rights become  exercisable,  each right
will be converted into a right to purchase, for half the current market price at
that time,  shares of the related  Group stock  valued at two times the exercise
price.
     The Company  also has  1,000,000  shares of  undesignated  preferred  stock
authorized of which no shares are outstanding.

(B) VOTING RIGHTS:  The holders of both series of common stock and any series of
preferred  stock  outstanding  and entitled to vote together with the holders of
common stock will vote together as a single voting group on all matters on which
common shareholders  generally are entitled to vote other than a matter on which
the common stock or either series thereof or any series of preferred stock would
be entitled  to vote as a separate  voting  group.  On all matters on which both
series of common stock would vote together as a single  voting  group,  (i) each
outstanding  share of  Circuit  City  Stock  shall  have one vote and (ii)  each
outstanding  share of CarMax  Stock  shall  have a number of votes  based on the
weighted average ratio of the market value of a share of CarMax Stock to a share
of  Circuit  City  Stock.  If  shares of only one  series  of  common  stock are
outstanding,  each share of that series shall be entitled to one vote. If either
series of common  stock is  entitled  to vote as a  separate  voting  group with
respect to any matter,  each share of that series  shall,  for  purposes of such
vote, be entitled to one vote on such matter.

(C)  RESTRICTED  STOCK:  The  Company  has  issued  restricted  stock  under the
provisions of the 1994 Stock Incentive Plan whereby management and key employees
are granted restricted shares of Circuit City Stock or CarMax Stock.  Shares are
awarded in the name of the  employee,  who has all the rights of a  stockholder,
subject to  certain  restrictions  or  forfeitures.  Restrictions  on the awards
generally  expire  three to seven years from the date of grant.  In fiscal 1999,
certain  members of  management  of the Circuit City Group were granted  131,350
restricted  shares of Circuit  City Stock that vest seven years from the date of
grant. These awards provide  accelerated  vesting if certain performance factors
are met. Total  restricted  stock awards of 360,346 shares of Circuit City Stock
and 100,000 shares of CarMax Stock were granted to eligible  employees in fiscal
1999. The market value at the date of grant of these shares has been recorded as
unearned  compensation  and is a component  of  stockholders'  equity.  Unearned
compensation is expensed over the restriction  periods.  In fiscal 1999, a total
of  $9,167,700  was  charged  to  operations  ($5,073,100  in  fiscal  1998  and
$3,790,200 in fiscal 1997). As of February 28, 1999,  966,053  restricted shares
of  Circuit  City  Stock and  120,000  restricted  shares of CarMax  Stock  were
outstanding.

(D) EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS: The Company has Employee Stock Purchase Plans
for all employees meeting certain eligibility  criteria.  Under the Circuit City
Plan and, starting in April 1997, under the CarMax Plan,  eligible employees may
purchase  shares of  Circuit  City  Stock or CarMax  Stock,  subject  to certain
limitations,  at 85 percent of market value. Purchases are limited to 10 percent
of an employee's eligible  compensation,  up to a maximum of $7,500 per year. At
February  28,  1999,  a total of 683,015  shares  remained  available  under the
Circuit City Plan and 138,693 shares  remained  available under the CarMax Plan.
During  fiscal  1999,  429,355  shares of Circuit  City Stock were  issued to or
purchased on the open market for  employees  (450,698  shares in fiscal 1998 and
499,338  shares in fiscal 1997),  and 268,532 shares of CarMax Stock were issued
to or  purchased  on the open  market on behalf of  employees  (92,775 in fiscal
1998).  The average  price per share of Circuit  City Stock was $43.38 in fiscal
1999,  $36.78 in fiscal 1998 and $32.68 in fiscal  1997.  The average  price per
share of CarMax  Stock was $7.56 in fiscal 1999 and $12.73 in fiscal  1998.  The
purchase  price  discount is charged to  operations  and totaled  $2,984,500  in
fiscal 1999, $2,670,400 in fiscal 1998 and $2,433,600 in fiscal 1997.

(E) STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS: Under the Company's stock incentive plans,  incentive
and nonqualified  stock options may be granted to management,  key employees and
outside  directors to purchase shares of Circuit City Stock or CarMax Stock. The
exercise  price for  incentive  stock  options for  employees  and  nonqualified
options for outside  directors is equal to, or greater than, the market value at
the date of grant;  for  nonqualified  options  granted  under the 1988 Plan for
employees,  it is at least 85 percent  of the market  value at the date of grant
(100 percent  under the 1994 Plan).  Options  generally are  exercisable  over a
period of from one to 10 years from the date of grant.  In fiscal 1998,  options
that were  outstanding  as of February 28, 1997, to purchase  shares of stock of
the corporate entity  comprising the CarMax Group were converted into options to
purchase CarMax Stock.
     A summary of the status of the Company's  stock options and changes  during
the years ended  February 28, 1999,  1998 and 1997 are shown in Table 1. Table 2
summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of February 28, 1999.

                                       38
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
TABLE 1                                            1999                           1998                           1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                    Weighted Average                Weighted Average              Weighted Average
(Shares in thousands)                     Shares     Exercise Price      Shares     Exercise Price     Shares      Exercise Price
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Circuit City Group:
Outstanding at beginning of year........  4,994          $32.00          4,828          $29.76          3,563          $18.63
Granted.................................    540           42.33            726           35.21          2,159           43.38
Exercised............................... (1,004)          17.53           (483)          15.00           (786)          17.67
Cancelled...............................    (83)          33.59            (77)          29.42           (108)          21.90
                                         ------                          -----                          -----
Outstanding at end of year..............  4,447          $36.49          4,994          $32.00          4,828          $29.76
                                         ------                          -----                          -----
Options exercisable at end of year......  1,483          $24.03          1,754          $19.68          1,629          $17.24
                                         ------                          -----                          -----

CarMax Group:
Outstanding at beginning of year........  4,822           $1.49          4,769           $0.51          4,278           $0.22
Granted.................................    205            8.63            413           13.04            961            1.68
Exercised...............................   (543)           0.22           (273)           0.22              -               -
Cancelled...............................   (104)          10.54            (87)           6.36           (470)           0.27
                                         ------                          -----                          -----
Outstanding at end of year..............  4,380           $1.77          4,822           $1.49          4,769           $0.51
                                         ------                          -----                          -----
Options exercisable at end of year......  1,566           $0.96            762           $0.37              -           $   -
                                         ------                          -----                          -----
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TABLE 2                                                  Options Outstanding                          Options Exercisable
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                         Weighted Average
(Shares in thousands)                         Number         Remaining    Weighted Average         Number      Weighted Average
Range of Exercise Prices                    Outstanding  Contractual Life  Exercise Price        Exercisable    Exercise Price
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Circuit City Group:
$15.69 to 20.13..............................   474            2.0            $18.34                 474            $18.34
 22.50 to 29.13..............................   701            2.1             23.49                 617             23.63
 29.50 to 38.00.............................. 1,748            5.2             31.97                 392             31.55
 38.38 to 48.56..............................   524            7.1             42.40                   -                 -
 59.00....................................... 1,000            3.1             59.00                   -                 -
                                              -----                                                -----
Total........................................ 4,447            4.1            $36.49               1,483            $24.03
                                              -----                                                -----
CarMax Group:
$ 0.22....................................... 3,692            3.0             $0.22               1,476             $0.22
  4.00 to  9.19..............................   448            5.0              7.84                  23              9.17
 12.94 to 16.31..............................   240            5.2             14.34                  67             14.39
                                              -----                                                -----
Total........................................ 4,380            3.3             $1.77               1,566             $0.96
                                              -----                                                -----
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     The Company  applies APB  Opinion  No. 25 and  related  interpretations  in
accounting for its stock option plans.  Accordingly,  no  compensation  cost has
been recognized.  Had compensation  cost been determined based on the fair value
at the grant date  consistent with the methods of SFAS No. 123, the Circuit City
Group's and the CarMax Group's net earnings or loss and net earnings or loss per
share would have been  changed to the pro forma  amounts  indicated  in the next
column.  In accordance  with the transition  provisions of SFAS No. 123, the pro
forma  amounts  reflect  options with grant dates  subsequent  to March 1, 1995.
Therefore,  the full impact of calculating  compensation  cost for stock options
under  SFAS No.  123 is not  reflected  in the pro  forma net  earnings  amounts
presented  because  compensation  cost is reflected  over the  options'  vesting
periods and compensation  cost of options granted prior to March 1, 1995, is not
considered.  The pro forma effect on fiscal year 1999 may not be  representative
of the pro forma effects on net earnings or loss for future years.
<PAGE>

(Amounts in thousands             Years Ended February 28
except per share data)          1999       1998        1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Circuit City Group:
Net earnings-as reported....  $148,381   $112,074    $136,680
Net earnings-pro forma......   142,479    107,399     133,326
Basic net earnings per
   share-as reported........     $1.50      $1.14       $1.40
Basic net earnings per
   share-pro forma..........      1.44       1.10        1.37
Diluted net earnings per
   share-as reported........     $1.48      $1.13       $1.39
Diluted net earnings per
   share-pro forma..........      1.42       1.08        1.35

CarMax Group:
Net loss-as reported........    $5,457     $7,763        $266
Net loss-pro forma..........     5,537      7,824         268
Net loss per share-as reported   $0.24      $0.35       $0.01
Net loss per share-pro forma      0.24       0.36        0.01

                                       39

     For the purpose of computing the pro forma  amounts  indicated  above,  the
fair  value  of each  option  on the  date  of  grant  is  estimated  using  the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The weighted average assumptions used in the
model are as follows:

                                    1999      1998       1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Circuit City Group:
Expected dividend yield........... 0.4%       0.4%      0.4%
Expected stock volatility.........  33%        33%       33%
Risk-free interest rates..........   6%         6%        6%
Expected lives (in years).........   5          4         4

CarMax Group:
Expected dividend yield...........   -          -         -
Expected stock volatility.........  50%        50%       40%
Risk-free interest rates..........   6%         6%        6%
Expected lives (in years).........   3          3         4

     Using these  assumptions in the  Black-Scholes  model, the weighted average
fair value of options  granted for the Circuit City Group is $15 in fiscal 1999,
$13 in fiscal 1998 and $8 in fiscal 1997; and for the CarMax Group, $3 in fiscal
1999, $6 in fiscal 1998 and $0.70 in fiscal 1997.

8. NET EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
Reconciliations  of the  numerator  and  denominator  of basic and  diluted  net
earnings (loss) per share are presented below:

(Amounts in thousands               Years Ended February 28
except per share data)             1999       1998      1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Circuit City Group:
Weighted average common
   shares......................    99,152    98,027    97,311
Dilutive potential common shares:
   Options.....................       850       842       889
   Restricted stock............       404       335       272
                                 ----------------------------
Weighted average common shares
   and dilutive potential
   common shares...............   100,406    99,204    98,472
                                 ----------------------------
Income available to common
   shareholders................  $148,381  $112,074  $136,680
                                 ----------------------------
Basic net earnings per share...     $1.50     $1.14     $1.40
                                 ----------------------------
Diluted net earnings per share.     $1.48     $1.13     $1.39
                                 ----------------------------

CarMax Group:
Weighted average common
   shares......................    22,604    22,001    21,860
                                 ----------------------------
Loss available to common
   shareholders................    $5,457    $7,763      $266
                                 ----------------------------
Net loss per share.............     $0.24     $0.35     $0.01
                                 ----------------------------

     Certain  options  were not  included  in the  computation  of  diluted  net
earnings per share  because the options'  exercise  prices were greater than the
average market price of the common shares.  Options to purchase 1,000,000 shares
of Circuit City Stock at $59.00 per share were  outstanding  and not included in
the calculation at the end of fiscal 1999;  1,510,000 shares ranging from $35.47
to $59.00 per share at the end of fiscal 1998; and 1,076,000 shares ranging from
$32.25 to $59.00 per share at the end of fiscal 1997.
     The CarMax Group had no diluted net loss per share  because the Group had a
net loss for the periods presented.

9. PENSION PLAN
The Company has a  noncontributory  defined  benefit  pension plan  covering the
majority of full-time  employees who are at least age 21 and have  completed one
year of  service.  The cost of the  program  is  being  funded  currently.  Plan
benefits generally are based on years of service and average compensation.  Plan
assets  consist  primarily of equity  securities  and included  80,000 shares of
Circuit City Stock at February 28, 1999 and 1998.  Contributions  required  were
$10,306,000 in fiscal 1999,  $11,642,000 in fiscal 1998 and $6,603,000 in fiscal
1997.  The following  tables set forth the Plan's  financial  status and amounts
recognized in the consolidated balance sheets as of February 28:

(Amounts in thousands)                               1999       1998
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year..........   $89,124   $70,576
Service cost.....................................    11,004     8,584
Interest cost....................................     6,202     5,260
Actuarial loss...................................     9,526     7,782
Benefits paid....................................    (3,290)   (3,078)
                                                   ------------------
Benefit obligation at end of year................  $112,566   $89,124
                                                   ------------------

Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year...   $84,251   $62,928
Actual return on plan assets.....................     4,411    12,759
Employer contributions...........................    10,306    11,642
Benefits paid....................................    (3,290)   (3,078)
                                                    -----------------
Fair value of plan assets at end of year            $95,678   $84,251
                                                    -----------------

Reconciliation of funded status:
Funded status....................................  $(16,888)  $(4,873)
Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain)...............     9,720    (3,189)
Unrecognized transition asset....................      (606)     (808)
Unrecognized prior service benefit...............      (560)     (665)
                                                   ------------------
Net amount recognized............................   $(8,334)  $(9,535)
                                                   ------------------
                                       40

The components of net pension expense are as follows:

                                    Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands)                1999    1998     1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------

Service cost......................  $11,004  $8,584   $9,389
Interest cost.....................    6,202   5,260    4,701
Expected return on plan assets....   (7,794) (5,133)  (3,929)
Amortization of prior service cost     (105)   (105)    (105)
Amortization of transitional asset     (202)   (202)    (202)
Recognized actuarial loss.........        -      17    1,240
                                    ------------------------
Net pension expense...............   $9,105  $8,421  $11,094
                                    ------------------------

Assumptions used in the accounting for the pension plan were:

                                          Years Ended February 28
                                            1999    1998    1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------

Weighted average discount rate............   6.8%   7.0%    7.5%
Rate of increase in compensation levels...   5.0%   5.0%    5.5%
Expected rate of return on plan assets....   9.0%   9.0%    9.0%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
10. LEASE COMMITMENTS
The Company  conducts a substantial  portion of its business in leased premises.
The Company's lease  obligations are based upon  contractual  minimum rates. For
certain  locations,  amounts in excess of these  minimum rates are payable based
upon specified  percentages of sales. Rental expense and sublease income for all
operating leases are summarized as follows:

                                   Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands)            1999      1998      1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------

Minimum rentals...............  $302,724  $248,383  $184,618
Rentals based on sales volume.     1,247       730     2,322
Sublease income...............   (20,875)  (12,879)  (11,121)
                                ----------------------------
Net...........................  $283,096  $236,234  $175,819
                                ----------------------------

     The Company  computes rent based on a percentage of sales volumes in excess
of defined  amounts in certain  store  locations.  Most of the  Company's  other
leases  are  fixed-dollar   rental   commitments,   with  many  containing  rent
escalations based on the Consumer Price Index. Most provide that the Company pay
taxes, maintenance, insurance and certain other operating expenses applicable to
the premises.
     The initial term of most real  property  leases will expire within the next
25 years;  however,  most of the leases have options  providing  for  additional
lease terms of five years to 25 years at terms similar to the initial terms.
     Future  minimum fixed lease  obligations,  excluding  taxes,  insurance and
other costs payable directly by the Company, as of February 28, 1999, were:

                                        Operating   Operating
(Amounts in thousands)         Capital    Lease     Sublease
Fiscal                         Leases  Commitments   Income
- ------------------------------------------------------------

2000.........................  $1,662    $296,674   $(14,684)
2001.........................   1,681     293,961    (12,817)
2002.........................   1,725     289,553    (11,605)
2003.........................   1,726     285,710    (10,624)
2004.........................   1,768     283,422     (9,123)
After 2004...................  16,464   3,289,107    (55,144)
                              ------------------------------
Total minimum lease
   payments..................  25,026  $4,738,427  $(113,997)
                                       ---------------------
Less amounts representing
   interest..................  12,298
                              -------
Present value of net
   minimum capital lease
   payments [NOTE 5]......... $12,728
                              -------

     In fiscal 1999, the Company entered into  sale-leaseback  transactions with
unrelated parties at an aggregate selling price of $235,500,000 ($218,768,000 in
fiscal  1998  and  $201,694,000  in  fiscal  1997).  The  Company  does not have
continuing involvement under the sale-leaseback transactions.

11. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION
Advertising  expense,  which is included in selling,  general and administrative
expenses in the accompanying  consolidated  statements of earnings,  amounted to
$467,661,000  (4.3 percent of net sales and operating  revenues) in fiscal 1999,
$400,346,000  (4.5 percent of net sales and  operating  revenues) in fiscal 1998
and  $354,270,000  (4.6 percent of net sales and  operating  revenues) in fiscal
1997.

12. SECURITIZATIONS
(A)  CREDIT  CARD  SECURITIZATIONS:   The  Company  enters  into  securitization
transactions,  which allow for the sale of credit card  receivables to unrelated
entities,  to finance the consumer revolving credit receivables generated by its
wholly owned finance operation.  Proceeds from securitization  transactions were
$224.6  million  for fiscal  1999,  $331.4  million  for fiscal  1998 and $551.1
million for fiscal 1997.

                                       41
<PAGE>

     Receivables  relating  to  the  securitization  facilities  consist  of the
following at February 28:

(Amounts in thousands)                1999           1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------

Managed receivables..............  $2,957,132     $2,749,793
Receivables/residual interests held
   by the Company:
   For sale......................     (39,948)       (44,622)
   For investment................    (161,996)      (203,921)
                                   -------------------------
Net receivables sold.............  $2,755,188     $2,501,250
                                   -------------------------
Net receivables sold
   with recourse.................    $322,000       $726,000
                                   -------------------------
Program capacity.................  $3,127,000     $3,075,000
                                   -------------------------

     Private-label  credit card receivables are financed through  securitization
programs  employing a master trust  structure.  As of February  28,  1999,  this
securitization  program had a capacity of $1.38  billion.  The  agreement has no
recourse provisions.
     During  fiscal 1998, a bank card master trust  securitization  facility was
established  and issued two series from the trust.  Provisions  under the master
trust agreement  provide recourse to the Company for any cash flow  deficiencies
on  $322  million  of  the  receivables  sold.  The  finance  charges  from  the
transferred receivables are used to fund interest costs, charge-offs,  servicing
fees and other related costs. The Company believes that as of February 28, 1999,
no  liability   existed  under  these   recourse   provisions.   The  bank  card
securitization program has a total program capacity of $1.75 billion.
     The net gain on sales of receivables  totaled $2.3 million for fiscal 1999,
$21.8  million for fiscal 1998 and $3.2  million  for fiscal  1997.  The finance
operation's servicing revenue, including gains on sales of receivables,  totaled
$200.6  million  for fiscal  1999,  $195.7  million  for fiscal  1998 and $197.0
million  for fiscal  1997.  Rights  recorded  for future  interest  income  from
serviced  assets  that exceed the  contractually  specified  servicing  fees are
carried at fair value and amounted to $27.3 million at February 28, 1999,  $25.0
million at February  28, 1998,  and $3.2  million at February 28, 1997,  and are
included in net accounts receivable.  The servicing fees specified in the credit
card securitization  agreements  adequately compensate the finance operation for
servicing the accounts.  Accordingly,  no servicing  asset or liability has been
recorded.
     In determining the fair value of retained interests,  the Company estimates
future cash flows from  finance  charge  collections,  reduced by net  defaults,
servicing  cost and interest  cost.  The Company  employs a  risk-based  pricing
strategy that increases the stated annual percentage rate for accounts that have
a higher predicted risk of default.  Accounts with a lower risk profile also may
qualify for promotional financing.
     The private-label card programs, excluding promotional balances, range from
21 percent to 24 percent APR,  with  default  rates  varying  based on portfolio
composition,  but generally aggregating from 6 percent to 10 percent.  Principal
payment  rates vary widely both  seasonally  and by credit  terms but are in the
range of 9 percent to 12 percent.
     The bank card APRs are based on the prime rate and  generally  range from 7
percent to 22 percent, with default rates varying by portfolio composition,  but
generally aggregating from 8 percent to 12 percent. Principal payment rates vary
widely both  seasonally and by credit terms but are in the range of 5 percent to
8 percent.
     Interest cost paid by the master trusts  varies  between  series and ranges
from 5.0 percent to 6.3 percent.

(B) AUTOMOBILE LOAN  SECURITIZATION:  In fiscal 1996, the Company entered into a
securitization  agreement to finance the consumer installment credit receivables
generated by its automobile loan finance operation. Proceeds from the automobile
loan  securitization  transaction  were $271 million  during  fiscal 1999,  $123
million during fiscal 1998 and $58 million during fiscal 1997.
     Receivables  relating  to  the  securitization   facility  consist  of  the
following at February 28:

(Amounts in thousands)                   1999         1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------

Managed receivables..................  $589,032     $291,294
Receivables held by the Company:
   For sale..........................   (14,690)      (5,816)
   For investment*...................   (35,342)     (17,478)
                                       ---------------------
Net receivables sold.................  $539,000     $268,000
                                       ---------------------
Program capacity.....................  $575,000     $300,000
                                       ---------------------

*Held by a bankruptcy remote special purpose company
<PAGE>
     The  finance  charges  from the  transferred  receivables  are used to fund
interest costs,  charge-offs and servicing fees. A restructuring of the facility
during fiscal 1997 resulted in the recourse provisions being eliminated.
     The net gain on sales of receivables  totaled $7.9 million for fiscal 1999,
$3.7 million for fiscal 1998 and $3.1 million for fiscal 1997.  Rights  recorded
for future interest  income from serviced  assets that exceed the  contractually
specified servicing fees are carried at fair value and amounted to $14.7 million
at February  28, 1999,  $6.8  million at February 28, 1998,  and $3.1 million at
February 28, 1997,  and are  included in net  accounts  receivable.  The finance
operation's servicing revenue, including gains on sales of receivables,  totaled
$28.2  million for fiscal 1999,  $11.2  million for fiscal 1998 and $8.7 million
for fiscal 1997.  The servicing  fee  specified in the auto loan  securitization
agreement  adequately  compensates  the  finance  operation  for  servicing  the
accounts. Accordingly, no servicing asset or liability has been recorded.
     In determining the fair value of retained interests,  the Company estimates
future cash flows from  finance  charge  collections,  reduced by net  defaults,
servicing  cost and interest  cost.  The Company  employs a  risk-based  pricing
strategy that increases the stated APR for accounts that have a higher predicted
risk of  default.  Accounts  with a lower  risk  profile  also may  qualify  for
promotional financing.

                                       42

     The APRs  range  from 6 percent to 12 percent  fixed,  with  default  rates
varying based on credit quality, but generally  aggregating 0.75 percent to 1.25
percent.  Weighted  average life of the  receivables is expected to be in the 18
month to 20 month range.
     Interest cost depends on the time at which accounts were originated, but is
in the range of 5 percent to 7 percent.

13. INTEREST RATE SWAPS
In  October  1994,  the  Company  entered  into  five-year  interest  rate  swap
agreements  with notional  amounts  totaling  $300 million  relating to a public
issuance of  securities  by the master  trust.  As part of this  issuance,  $344
million of  five-year,  fixed-rate  certificates  were  issued to fund  consumer
credit  receivables.  The credit card  finance  operation  is  servicer  for the
accounts, and as such, receives its monthly cash portfolio yield after deducting
interest,  charge-offs and other related costs.  The underlying  receivables are
based on a floating  rate.  The swaps were put in place to better match  funding
costs to the receivables being  securitized.  As a result, the master trust pays
fixed-rate  interest,  and  the  Company  utilizes  the  swaps  to  convert  the
fixed-rate obligation to a floating-rate,  LIBOR-based  obligation.  These swaps
were  entered into as part of the sales of  receivables  and are included in the
gain on sales of receivables.
     Concurrent  with the funding of the $175 million term loan  facility in May
1995,  the Company  entered into  five-year  interest  rate swaps with  notional
amounts  aggregating  $175  million.   These  swaps  effectively  converted  the
variable-rate  obligation  into a fixed-rate  obligation.  The fair value of the
swaps is the  amount at which  they  could be  settled.  This  value is based on
estimates obtained from the counterparties,  which are two banks highly rated by
several  financial rating agencies.  The swaps are held for hedging purposes and
are not  recorded at fair value.  Recording  the swaps at fair value at February
28, 1999, would result in a loss of $2.2 million and at February 28, 1998, would
result in a loss of $1.9 million.
     The  Company  enters  into  amortizing  swaps  relating  to the  auto  loan
receivable securitization to convert variable-rate financing costs to fixed-rate
obligations to better match funding costs to the receivables being  securitized.
In November 1995,  the Company  entered into a 50-month  amortizing  swap with a
notional  amount of $75 million  and, in October  1996,  entered into a 40-month
amortizing swap with a notional amount of $64 million.  The Company entered into
four 40-month amortizing swaps with notional amounts totaling approximately $162
million  during  fiscal 1998 and four  40-month  amortizing  swaps with notional
amounts  totaling  approximately  $387 million in fiscal 1999.  These swaps were
entered  into as part of sales of  receivables  and are  included in the gain on
sales of  receivables.  The remaining total notional amount of all swaps related
to the auto loan receivable  securitization  was  approximately  $499 million at
February  28,  1999,  $224  million at February  28,  1998,  and $114 million at
February 28, 1997.
     The market and credit risks  associated  with these interest rate swaps are
similar to those relating to other types of financial  instruments.  Market risk
is the  exposure  created by  potential  fluctuations  in interest  rates and is
directly  related to the product type,  agreement terms and transaction  volume.
The Company does not anticipate  significant market risk from swaps, since their
use is to more closely  match  funding  costs to the use of the funding.  Credit
risk is the exposure to  nonperformance  of another party to an  agreement.  The
Company mitigates credit risk by dealing with highly rated counterparties.

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
(A)  INVESTMENT IN DIVX: In May 1995, the Company agreed to invest $30.0 million
in Divx, a  partnership  that has  developed and is marketing a new home digital
video system. That commitment was increased to $130.0 million in September 1997.
Although that commitment was fulfilled during fiscal 1999, the Company continues
to fund the  operations  of Divx as  management  continues  to  explore  various
financing options.  As of February 28, 1999, the Company owned  approximately 75
percent of the  partnership.  The Company has been  allocated 100 percent of the
losses since  inception.  The Company  allocates  its  investment in Divx to the
Circuit  City  Group.   As  of  February  28,  1999,   the  Company  had  funded
approximately $207 million for the operations of Divx.
<PAGE>

(B) LICENSING AGREEMENTS: Divx has entered into licensing agreements with motion
picture  distributors for use of their feature-length films for the Divx system.
The Company guarantees Divx's performance under these commitments. The licensing
fees are based on varying percentages of consumer viewing and wholesale receipts
and require  minimum  distributor  compensation  commencing from the operational
date of each agreement  through the following one to five years.  As of February
28, 1999, the minimum  compensation  due from Divx to the distributors is $101.0
million  ($26.0  million in fiscal 2000,  $32.0  million in fiscal  2001,  $20.5
million in fiscal 2002,  $14.5 million in fiscal 2003 and $8.0 million in fiscal
2004).

(C) LEGAL PROCEEDINGS: In the normal course of business, the Company is involved
in  various  legal  proceedings.  Based  upon the  Company's  evaluation  of the
information   presently   available,   management  believes  that  the  ultimate
resolution of any such  proceedings  will not have a material  adverse effect on
the Company's financial position, liquidity or results of operations.

15.  OPERATING  SEGMENT  INFORMATION  The  Company  conducts  business  in three
operating segments: Circuit City, Divx and CarMax. These segments are identified
and managed by the Company based on the different  products and services offered
by each.  Circuit City refers to the retail operations  bearing the Circuit City
name and to all related operations such as its finance  operation.  This segment
is engaged in the business of selling brand-name consumer electronics,  personal
computers,  major  appliances  and  entertainment  software.  Divx  primarily is
engaged in the business of selling specially encrypted

                                       43

DVD at  wholesale.  CarMax  refers  to the used- and  new-car  retail  locations
bearing  the  CarMax  name and to all  related  operations  such as its  finance
operation.  Financial  information  for these segments for fiscal 1999, 1998 and
1997 are shown in Table 3.

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
TABLE 3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1999
                                                                                                                      Total
(Amounts in thousands)                                   Circuit City        Divx        CarMax       Elimination    Segments
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Revenues from external customers......................... $9,335,298        $2,851     $1,466,298           $-     $10,804,447
Intersegment revenues....................................      8,872         6,830              -      (15,702)              -
Interest expense.........................................     21,926             -          6,393            -          28,319
Depreciation and amortization............................    119,724        10,566         10,003            -         140,293
Earnings (loss) before income taxes......................    379,630      (110,558)       (38,549)           -         230,523
Provision for income taxes (income tax benefit)..........    144,646       (42,012)       (15,035)           -          87,599
Net earnings (loss)......................................    234,984       (68,546)       (23,514)           -         142,924
Total assets............................................. $2,813,635       $60,433       $571,198           $-      $3,445,266

1998
                                                                                                                      Total
(Amounts in thousands)                                   Circuit City        Divx        CarMax       Elimination    Segments
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Revenues from external customers......................... $7,996,591            $-       $874,206           $-      $8,870,797
Interest expense.........................................     25,072             -          1,789            -          26,861
Depreciation and amortization............................    110,282         1,467          4,577            -         116,326
Earnings (loss) before income taxes......................    257,632       (33,284)       (56,104)           -         168,244
Provision for income taxes (income tax benefit)..........     98,462       (12,648)       (21,881)           -          63,933
Net earnings (loss)......................................    159,170       (20,636)       (34,223)           -         104,311
Total assets............................................. $2,752,402       $30,977       $448,322           $-      $3,231,701

1997
                                                                                                                      Total
(Amounts in thousands)                                   Circuit City        Divx        CarMax       Elimination    Segments
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Revenues from external customers......................... $7,153,562            $-       $510,249           $-      $7,663,811
Interest expense.........................................     23,503             -          6,279            -          29,782
Depreciation and amortization............................     97,006           307          1,664            -          98,977
Earnings (loss) before income taxes......................    248,567       (12,614)       (15,929)           -         220,024
Provision for income taxes (income tax benefit)..........     95,014        (4,793)        (6,611)           -          83,610
Net earnings (loss)......................................    153,553        (7,821)        (9,318)           -         136,414
Total assets............................................. $2,699,907        $4,692       $427,187     $(50,613)     $3,081,173
</TABLE>


Net earnings  (loss) and total  assets for Circuit City exclude the  Inter-Group
Interest in the CarMax Group.
<PAGE>

16. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
(Amounts in thousands    First Quarter         Second Quarter        Third Quarter        Fourth Quarter              Year
except per share data)  1999       1998       1999       1998       1999       1998       1999       1998       1999        1998
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net sales and operating
   revenues..........$2,271,090 $1,856,904 $2,517,154 $2,020,572 $2,612,896 $2,144,219 $3,403,307 $2,849,102 $10,804,447 $8,870,797
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross profit.........  $504,514   $418,278   $571,672   $472,429   $592,105   $481,753   $776,728   $671,204  $2,445,019 $2,043,664
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss)
   attributed to:
   Circuit City Stock   $13,269    $12,749    $32,147    $27,879    $15,945    $14,012    $87,020    $57,434    $148,381   $112,074
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   CarMax Stock......     $(736)     $(275)     $(685)     $(393)   $(1,701)   $(2,075)   $(2,335)   $(5,020)    $(5,457)   $(7,763)
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss)
   per share:
   Circuit City Stock:
      Basic..........     $0.13      $0.13      $0.32      $0.28      $0.16      $0.14      $0.87      $0.58       $1.50      $1.14
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Diluted........     $0.13      $0.13      $0.32      $0.28      $0.16      $0.14      $0.86      $0.58       $1.48      $1.13
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   CarMax Stock......    $(0.03)    $(0.01)    $(0.03)    $(0.02)    $(0.07)    $(0.09)    $(0.10)    $(0.23)     $(0.24)    $(0.35)
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                       44

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Circuit City Stores, Inc.:
We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of Circuit City
Stores,  Inc. and  subsidiaries as of February 28, 1999 and 1998 and the related
consolidated  statements  of earnings,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for
each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended February 28, 1999. These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these  consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.
     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
     In our opinion,  the consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Circuit City
Stores,  Inc. and  subsidiaries as of February 28, 1999 and 1998 and the results
of their  operations  and their cash  flows for each of the fiscal  years in the
three-year period ended February 28, 1999 in conformity with generally  accepted
accounting principles.

/s/KPMG LLP
Richmond, Virginia
April 2, 1999

                                       45

CIRCUIT CITY GROUP MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

On January 24, 1997,  shareholders  of Circuit City  Stores,  Inc.  approved the
creation of two common stock  series.  The Company's  existing  common stock was
subsequently redesignated as Circuit City Stores, Inc.-Circuit City Group Common
Stock. In an initial public offering,  which was completed February 7, 1997, the
Company sold 21.86  million  shares of Circuit City  Stores,  Inc.-CarMax  Group
Common Stock.
     The Circuit City Group Common Stock is intended to track the performance of
the Circuit City store-related  operations,  the Company's investment in Digital
Video Express and the Group's retained interest in the CarMax Group. The effects
of this retained interest on the Circuit City Group's  financial  statements are
identified by the term "Inter-Group."
     The CarMax Group Common Stock is intended to track the  performance  of the
CarMax operations. The Inter-Group Interest is not considered outstanding CarMax
Group stock.  Therefore,  any net earnings or loss attributed to the Inter-Group
Interest is not included in the CarMax Group's per share calculations.

The  following  discussion  and  analysis  relates to the  Circuit  City  Group.
Reported  earnings  reflect the Circuit City Group's 100 percent interest in the
losses of the CarMax Group prior to the consummation of the offering on February
7, 1997,  and the lower  Inter-Group  Interest  since that time.  For additional
information,  refer to the  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Results of
Operations and Financial  Condition"  for Circuit City Stores,  Inc. and for the
CarMax Group.
<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Sales Growth
Total sales for the Circuit  City Group  increased  17 percent in fiscal 1999 to
$9.34  billion.  In fiscal 1998,  total sales were $8.00  billion,  a 12 percent
increase from $7.15 billion in fiscal 1997.

PERCENTAGE SALES CHANGE FROM PRIOR YEAR

                                Circuit City Group
                                ------------------

Fiscal                          Total   Comparable   Industry*
- --------------------------------------------------------------

1999...........................   17%        8 %         5 %
1998...........................   12%       (1)%        (3)%
1997...........................    6%       (8)%        (8)%
1996...........................   23%        5 %         6 %
1995...........................   34%       15 %        11 %

* The industry  sales rates are derived  from  Electronic  Industries  Alliance,
Recording Industry Association of America and Company estimates of audio, video,
home office, telecommunications, appliance and music software sales.

     The fiscal 1999 total sales increase reflects an 8 percent comparable store
sales increase,  which was in part caused by an acceleration in industry growth,
and the continued  geographic expansion of the Group's Circuit City Superstores.
In fiscal 1999, the Group opened 37  Superstores.  The Group entered a number of
one- and two-store markets; added stores to existing markets,  including the New
York  metropolitan  market  that was  entered  in fiscal  1998;  replaced  three
Superstores;  and closed two consumer  electronics-only stores. In addition, the
Group remodeled 30 stores to reflect its most recent merchandising initiatives.
     The Group operates four Circuit City Superstore formats with square footage
and merchandise  assortments  tailored to volume expectations for specific trade
areas. The "D" format serves the most populous trade areas. At the end of fiscal
1999,  selling space for the "D" format stores averaged about 23,000 square feet
and total  square  footage for all "D" stores  averaged  43,042.  The "C" format
constitutes the largest percentage of the store base. At the end of fiscal 1999,
selling  space in the "C" format stores  averaged  about 15,000 square feet with
total square footage for all "C" stores averaging  34,036.  The "B" format often
is  located  in  smaller  markets  or  in  smaller  trade  areas  within  larger
metropolitan  markets.  At the end of fiscal 1999, selling space in these stores
averaged  approximately  12,500 square feet with an average total square footage
of 26,651.  The "B" stores offer a broad  merchandise  assortment that maximizes
return on  investment  in lower volume  areas.  The "A" format  serves the least
populated trade areas.  Selling space for all "A" stores averaged  approximately
9,500 square feet at the end of fiscal 1999, and total square  footage  averaged
19,558. These stores feature a layout, staffing level and merchandise assortment
that creates high productivity in the smallest markets.
     The Group also operates 48 mall-based  Circuit City Express  stores.  These
stores are located in regional malls and are approximately 2,000 to 3,000 square
feet in size.

STORE MIX

                                Retail Units at Year-End
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Fiscal                    1999    1998    1997   1996    1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Superstore
   "D" Superstore........  118    114      95      61      12
   "C" Superstore........  294    289     278     259     257
   "B" Superstore........   82     72      54      46      37
   "A" Superstore........   43     25      16      12       6
Electronics-Only.........    2      4       5       5       5
Circuit City Express.....   48     52      45      36      35
                           ----------------------------------
Total....................  587    556     493     419     352
                           ----------------------------------

     Industry sales in Circuit City's retail segments have varied  significantly
over the past five years,  resulting  in wide  variations  in the Group's  sales
growth.  Geographic  expansion  and the addition of product  categories  such as
personal  computers  were the primary  contributors  to the Circuit City Group's
total sales  growth early in the period.  From  mid-fiscal  1996 through  fiscal
1998, a lack of  significant  product  introductions  resulted in lower  average
retails and weak sales  throughout  the industry.  In fiscal 1999,  the industry
began to emerge from this period of  declining  sales.  For  Circuit  City,  the
fiscal  1999 sales  reflected  strong  sales  across all major  categories  with
especially  strong sales in personal  computers and in new high technology areas
such as DIRECTV; wireless communications;  DVD players,  especially players with
the Divx feature;  and digital camcorders.  The continued  Superstore  additions
also contributed to the total sales growth.
     The  industry  weakness  in  fiscal  1997  and  1998  resulted  in a highly
competitive  climate,  and a significant  number of regional  competitors closed
stores. Despite the improvement in fiscal

                                       46
<PAGE>

1999, the consumer  electronics  industry  remains highly  competitive.  Circuit
City's primary competitors are large specialty,  discount or warehouse retailers
with generally  lower levels of service.  Because of Circuit City's long history
of providing exceptional customer service,  management believes that the Circuit
City  locations  can  continue to maintain  share in existing  markets and build
comparable shares in new markets.

SALES BY MERCHANDISE CATEGORIES

Fiscal                  1999     1998    1997    1996    1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------

TV....................   18%      18%     18%     17%     19%
VCR/Camcorders........   13%      13%     14%     13%     14%
Audio.................   16%      17%     18%     19%     22%
Home Office...........   27%      25%     24%     26%     20%
Appliance.............   15%      15%     15%     14%     15%
Other.................   11%      12%     11%     11%     10%
                        -------------------------------------
Total.................  100%     100%    100%    100%    100%
                        -------------------------------------

     The Group sells two extended warranty programs on behalf of unrelated third
parties  that  issue  these  plans for  merchandise  sold by the Group and other
retailers.  These third-party programs are sold in most major markets. In states
where  third-party  warranty sales are not permitted,  the Group sells a Circuit
City extended  warranty.  Gross dollar sales from all extended warranty programs
were 5.4 percent of the Group's  total sales in fiscal year 1999,  compared with
5.5 percent in fiscal 1998 and 6.0 percent in fiscal 1997. The lower percentages
in fiscal years 1999 and 1998 reflect the impact of lower average  retail prices
on consumer  demand for the related  warranties in many categories and increased
sales of some  products  that carry  lower  warranty  penetration  rates.  Total
extended warranty revenue, which is reported in the Group's total sales, was 4.6
percent  of sales in  fiscal  years  1999 and 1998 and 5.1  percent  of sales in
fiscal  year 1997.  The gross  profit  margins on  products  sold with  extended
warranties  are higher than the gross  profit  margins on products  sold without
extended  warranties.  Third-party  extended warranty revenue was 4.1 percent of
the Group's total sales in fiscal year 1999 and 3.6 percent of the Group's total
sales in fiscal  years 1998 and 1997.  The fiscal 1999  increase in  third-party
extended  warranty  revenue  reflects the  conversion  of stores in 10 states to
third-party warranty sales in June 1998.

SUPERSTORE SALES PER TOTAL SQUARE FOOT

Fiscal
- -------------------------------------------------------------

1999...................................................  $514
1998...................................................  $478
1997...................................................  $499
1996...................................................  $577
1995...................................................  $584

SUPERSTORE  SALES PER TOTAL SQUARE FOOT. Over the last five years, the Group has
significantly  increased  the  percentage  of store  square  footage  devoted to
selling space. In fiscal 1995, the Group introduced the larger format "D" stores
in some  markets.  These stores are intended to generate  high sales  volumes in
specific  trade  areas  but  lower  sales per  total  square  foot than  smaller
Superstores.  These stores and the declines in comparable  store sales  produced
lower  Superstore  sales per total  square  foot in the period  from fiscal 1996
through  fiscal 1998.  The fiscal 1999 sales per square foot increase  primarily
reflects the comparable store sales increase.

IMPACT OF INFLATION.  Inflation has not been a  significant  contributor  to the
Group's  results.  In fact,  during the past two years, the average retail price
has declined in virtually all of the Group's  product  categories.  Although new
product   introductions  could  help  reverse  this  trend  in  selected  areas,
management expects no significant  short-term change overall.  Because the Group
purchases  substantially all products in U.S.  dollars,  prices are not directly
impacted  by the value of the dollar in relation  to other  foreign  currencies,
including the Japanese yen.

Digital Video Express
Digital  Video Express has developed and is marketing a new digital video system
for  watching  movies at home.  Circuit  City  Stores,  Inc.  holds the majority
interest in the business.  The  remaining  interest is held by the prominent Los
Angeles law firm Ziffren, Brittenham, Branca & Fischer. The Company's investment
in Divx is allocated to the Circuit City Group.  Through the end of fiscal 1999,
the  Company  had  invested  $207  million  in Divx,  $120  million of which was
invested in fiscal 1999. The investment in Divx impacts the Circuit City Group's
gross profit margin and selling, general and administrative expense ratio.

Cost of Sales, Buying and Warehousing
The gross profit  margin was 24.3 percent of sales in fiscal 1999,  24.6 percent
in fiscal 1998 and 24.0 percent in fiscal 1997. The lower gross margin in fiscal
1999  reflects the strength of the personal  computer  business,  which  carries
lower gross margins;  the continued highly competitive price environment for the
Circuit  City  business;  and  costs  associated  with  Divx.  Better  inventory
management  and  increased  sales of new  technologies  and more fully  featured
products  partly  offset  these  factors.  The Group  gradually  has reduced its
assortment in a variety of product  categories  to more closely  match  consumer
demand and has carefully managed product transitions, especially in the personal
computer business. As a result, mark-downs have decreased, reducing their impact
on the gross  margin.  Excluding  Divx,  the gross  margin for the Circuit  City
business was 24.4 percent of sales in fiscal 1999.  Because Divx was not selling
any product in fiscal 1998 and fiscal 1997, it had no impact on gross margins in
those periods.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  were 21.2  percent of sales in
fiscal 1999 compared with 21.5 percent in fiscal 1998 and 20.4 percent in fiscal
1997. The improved ratio in fiscal 1999 primarily  reflects the expense leverage
gained from the  comparable  store  sales  increase,  partly  offset by selling,
general and administrative expenses related to Divx. Operating profits generated
by the Group's  finance  operation  are  recorded as a reduction to the selling,
general and administrative  expenses.  Excluding Divx, the expense ratio for the
Circuit City  business  was 20.1 percent in fiscal 1999,  21.1 percent in fiscal
1998 and 20.2 percent in fiscal 1997.

Interest Expense
Interest  expense  was 0.2  percent of sales in fiscal  1999 and 0.3  percent of
sales in fiscal 1998 and 1997. Interest expense was incurred

                                       47

on  allocated  debt  used to  fund  store  expansion,  working  capital  and the
investment in Divx.

Income Taxes
The Group's effective income tax rate was 38.1 percent in fiscal year 1999, 38.3
percent in fiscal year 1998 and 38.2 percent in fiscal  1997.  The shifts in the
tax rate reflect the state tax impact of variations in taxable  income  produced
by the Group's separate legal operating entities.

Earnings before the Inter-Group Interest in the CarMax Group
Earnings  before the  Inter-Group  Interest  in the CarMax  Group  increased  20
percent to $166.4  million in fiscal 1999. In fiscal 1998,  earnings  before the
Inter-Group  Interest  in the CarMax  Group  were  $138.5  million,  a 5 percent
decrease  from $145.7  million in fiscal  1997.  The results for all three years
include  the  Company's  investment  in Digital  Video  Express.  Excluding  the
Company's  investment  in Divx,  earnings  for the Circuit City Group before the
Inter-Group  Interest in the CarMax Group increased 48 percent to $235.0 million
in fiscal 1999 compared with $159.2 million in fiscal 1998 and $153.6 million in
fiscal 1997.

Net Loss Related to the Inter-Group Interest in the CarMax Group
The CarMax Group has incurred  losses since its startup in fiscal 1994.  The net
loss attributed to the Circuit City Group's  Inter-Group  Interest in the CarMax
Group was $18.1  million in fiscal 1999,  $26.5  million in fiscal 1998 and $9.1
million in fiscal 1997.

Net Earnings
Net  earnings  for the Circuit  City Group were $148.4  million in fiscal  1999,
$112.1  million in fiscal 1998 and $136.7  million in fiscal 1997.  Net earnings
per share were $1.48 in fiscal  1999,  $1.13 in fiscal  1998 and $1.39 in fiscal
1997. The improved results in fiscal 1999 primarily reflect the renewed strength
in the Company's Circuit City business, which was partly offset by the increased
investment  in Divx and the  losses  incurred  by the  CarMax  Group.  The lower
earnings  in fiscal  year 1998  compared  with  fiscal  year  1997  reflect  the
challenging  industry  environment  faced by the Circuit  City  business at that
time,  the  Company's  higher  investment in Digital Video Express and increased
losses incurred by the CarMax Group.

Operations Outlook
Management expects that industry growth will be the primary contributor to sales
and earnings  growth for the Circuit  City  business  during the coming  decade.
Management anticipates that growth in the household penetration of products such
as  DIRECTV,  wireless  communications,  digital  camcorders,  DVD  players  and
personal  computers will be the major  contributors  to this growth.  Management
also believes that the introductions of digital and high-definition  televisions
and multi-functional set top boxes will help drive industry sales to new levels.
Management  expects to focus its  attention on  maximizing  store volumes in the
existing Circuit City Superstores.  These efforts will include the remodeling of
approximately  50  Superstores  in  fiscal  2000  to  include  the  Group's  new
merchandising initiatives.
     Circuit City has  established its presence in virtually all of the nation's
top  100  markets  and  will  continue  adding  to the  existing  store  base as
attractive market  opportunities  arise.  Management believes that the Group has
the  opportunity  to operate  approximately  800  Superstores  within the United
States. In fiscal 2000, the Group will continue to expand its Superstore concept
into new trade areas, adding  approximately 35 stores that are either new-market
entries or  fill-in  locations  in  existing  Circuit  City  markets,  including
approximately  seven  additional  stores  in the  New  York  metropolitan  area.
Management  anticipates  that  the  industry's  growth,  ongoing  expansion  and
continued  strong  operating  controls  will enable the Circuit City business to
generate earnings growth of 20 percent to 25 percent in fiscal 2000.
     Management  continues to be encouraged by the long-term profit potential of
the  Company's  investment  in Digital  Video  Express.  The early sales results
exceeded  management's  expectations,  as DVD  players  with  the  Divx  feature
captured a 20 percent to 25 percent  share of DVD player  sales  during the last
quarter of the  fiscal  year.  Titles are  available  from major  studios.  Divx
expects  eight player  brands to be available in calendar  1999. At February 28,
1999,  approximately  370 titles were  available on Divx discs and Divx plans to
add 30 to 40 titles  each  month in fiscal  2000.  Management  remains in active
discussions with potential  financing and distribution  partners for Divx and is
optimistic  that the Company will  complete one or more  transactions  in fiscal
2000.  However,  in  the  event  that  additional  financing  is  not  obtained,
management  does not expect  the costs  associated  with Divx in fiscal  2000 to
exceed those incurred in fiscal 1999.
     Management  expects that CarMax's  financial  performance will improve to a
modest loss or to break-even in fiscal 2000.  The CarMax  results will be partly
reflected in the Circuit City Group's Inter-Group Interest.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Refer to the "Circuit City Stores, Inc. Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Results of Operations and Financial Condition" for a review of recent accounting
pronouncements.

FINANCIAL CONDITION
In fiscal 1999,  net cash provided by operating  activities  was $336.2  million
compared with $280.7 million provided by operating activities in fiscal 1998 and
$39.7 million  provided by operating  activities in fiscal 1997. The fiscal 1999
increase  primarily  reflects  a decrease  in net  accounts  receivable  and the
improvement in net earnings for the Circuit City business,  partly offset by the
higher investment in Digital Video Express.  The fiscal 1998 increase reflects a
reduction in  inventory,  a smaller  increase in net accounts  receivable  and a
slight  earnings  increase for the Circuit City  business,  partly offset by the
investment in Digital Video Express.
     Most financial activities, including the investment of surplus cash and the
issuance and repayment of  short-term  and  long-term  debt,  are managed by the
Company  on a  centralized  basis.  Allocated  debt of the  Circuit  City  Group
consists of (1) Company debt, if any, that has been allocated in its entirety to
the Circuit City Group and (2) a portion of the Company's debt that is allocated
between  the  Groups.  This  pooled  debt bears  interest at a rate based on the
average  pooled debt balance.  Expenses  related to increases in pooled debt are
reflected in the weighted average interest rate of the pooled debt.

                                       48

     In addition to the  allocation  of cash and debt,  interest-bearing  loans,
with terms determined by the board of directors, are used to manage cash between
the Groups.  These loans are reflected as inter-group payables or receivables on
the financial  statements of each Group. During fiscal 1998, an inter-group note
was  issued  by the  Circuit  City  Group on  behalf  of the  CarMax  Group as a
temporary financing vehicle for CarMax inventory.  At the end of fiscal 1999 and
1998,  the Circuit  City Group  maintained  no  inter-group  notes,  payables or
receivables  with the CarMax Group. At February 28, 1997, the Circuit City Group
had an inter-group payable totaling $48.1 million.
     Capital  expenditures  for the Circuit City Group have been funded  through
sale-leaseback  transactions,  landlord  reimbursements and allocated short- and
long-term  debt.  Capital  expenditures  of $228.7  million  during  fiscal 1999
primarily reflect  Superstores  opened or remodeled during the fiscal year and a
portion of the Superstores  opening in fiscal 2000.  Sale-leaseback and landlord
reimbursement  transactions  completed  in fiscal 1999 totaled  $134.3  million.
Capital  expenditures  of $353.8  million in fiscal  1998 and $451.6  million in
fiscal 1997 largely were incurred in connection  with the  Superstore  expansion
program.  Sale-leaseback  and landlord  reimbursement  transactions  were $199.0
million in fiscal 1998 and $316.3 million in fiscal 1997.
     The Group's  finance  operation  primarily  funds its credit card  programs
through  securitization  transactions  that  allow  the  operation  to sell  its
receivables  while  retaining a small  interest in them.  For its  private-label
credit card, the finance  operation has a master trust  securitization  facility
that allows the  transfer of up to $1.38  billion in  receivables  through  both
private  placement and the public market.  A second master trust  securitization
program allows for the transfer of up to $1.75 billion in receivables related to
the operation's bankcard programs. Securitized receivables totaled $2.76 billion
at February 28, 1999. Under the securitization programs, receivables are sold to
an unaffiliated third party with the servicing retained. Management expects that
both  securitization  programs can be expanded to accommodate future receivables
growth.
     Late in fiscal  1997,  Circuit  City  Stores,  Inc.  raised a net of $412.3
million  through the initial  public  offering of 21.86 million  shares of newly
created  CarMax Group Common Stock.  At the end of fiscal 1999, the Circuit City
Group retained a 76.6 percent  interest in the equity of the CarMax Group. As of
February  28,  1999,  the Circuit  City  Group's  equity in the CarMax Group was
$260.8 million.
     Management  believes that proceeds from sales of property and equipment and
receivables, future increases in Circuit City Stores, Inc. debt allocated to the
Circuit City Group,  equity  issuances and cash generated by operations  will be
sufficient to fund the capital  expenditures  and operations of the Circuit City
business.  In  fiscal  2000,  the  Group  anticipates  capital  expenditures  of
approximately $265 million, primarily related to the Circuit City business.
     Management  remains in discussions  with potential  financing  partners for
Divx, but has not obtained any  acceptable  commitments to date. The Company has
provided  guarantees  relating  to  licensing  agreements  with  motion  picture
distributors  for use of their films by the Divx system.  The licensing fees are
based on varying  percentages  of consumer  viewing and  wholesale  receipts and
require minimum distributor compensation commencing from the operational date of
each agreement through the following one to five years.

MARKET RISK
The Company manages the private-label and bankcard  revolving loan portfolios of
the Group's finance operation. Portions of these portfolios are securitized and,
therefore,  are not  presented  on the  Group's  balance  sheet.  Interest  rate
exposure  relating to these  receivables  represents a market risk exposure that
the Company has managed with matched funding and interest rate swaps.
     Interest rates charged on the managed private-label and bankcard portfolios
are primarily indexed to the prime rate, adjustable on a monthly basis, with the
balance at a fixed  annual  percentage  rate.  Total  principal  outstanding  at
February 28 had the following APR structure:

(Amounts in millions)                       1999        1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Indexed to prime rate....................  $2,714      $2,523
Fixed APR................................     243         227
                                           ------------------
Total....................................  $2,957      $2,750
                                           ------------------

     Financing for the securitization programs is achieved primarily through the
issuance of public market debt,  which is issued either at floating  rates based
on LIBOR or at fixed  rates.  Certain  of the  fixed-rate  issuances  have  been
swapped to LIBOR.  Receivables  held by the Company for  investment  or sale are
financed with working capital. At February 28, financings were as follows:

(Amounts in millions)                       1999        1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Floating-rate (including synthetic
   alteration) securitizations...........  $2,568      $2,211
Fixed-rate securitizations...............     187         290
Held by the Company:
   For investment........................     162         204
   For sale..............................      40          45
                                           ------------------
Total....................................  $2,957      $2,750
                                           ------------------

     The Company has analyzed its interest rate exposure and has concluded  that
it did not  represent  a material  market  risk at  February  28,  1999 or 1998.
Because  programs are in place to manage interest rate exposure  relating to the
consumer loan portfolios,  the Company expects to experience  relatively  little
impact as  interest  rates  fluctuate  in the future.  The Company  also has the
ability  to adjust  fixed-APR  revolving  cards  and the index on  floating-rate
cards, subject to cardholder ratification, but does not currently anticipate the
need to do so.

YEAR 2000 CONVERSION
Refer to the "Circuit City Stores, Inc. Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Results of Operations and Financial Condition" for a discussion of the Year 2000
issue and its impact on the Group's financial statements.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Company  statements that are not historical  facts,  including  statements about
management's  expectations for fiscal year 2000 and beyond, are  forward-looking
statements and involve  various risks and  uncertainties.  Refer to the "Circuit
City Stores, Inc. Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations
and Financial Condition" for a review of possible risks and uncertainties.

                                       49
<PAGE>

CIRCUIT CITY GROUP STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
                                                                                   Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands except per share data)                      1999        %         1998         %         1997        %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


NET SALES AND OPERATING REVENUES..............................$9,338,149   100.0     $7,996,591   100.0    $7,153,562    100.0

Cost of sales, buying and warehousing......................... 7,065,396    75.7      6,026,434    75.4     5,435,923     76.0
                                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------
GROSS PROFIT.................................................. 2,272,753    24.3      1,970,157    24.6     1,717,639     24.0
                                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------
Selling, general and administrative
   expenses [NOTES 3 AND 11].................................. 1,981,755    21.2      1,720,737    21.5     1,458,183     20.4
Interest expense [NOTES 3 AND 5]..............................    21,926     0.2         25,072     0.3        23,503      0.3
                                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL EXPENSES................................................ 2,003,681    21.4      1,745,809    21.8     1,481,686     20.7
                                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings before income taxes and Inter-Group
   Interest in the CarMax Group...............................   269,072     2.9        224,348     2.8       235,953      3.3
Provision for income taxes [NOTES 3 AND 6]....................   102,634     1.1         85,814     1.1        90,221      1.3
                                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------
EARNINGS BEFORE INTER-GROUP INTEREST
   IN THE CARMAX GROUP........................................   166,438     1.8        138,534     1.7       145,732      2.0

Net loss related to Inter-Group Interest in the
   CarMax Group [NOTES 1 AND 2]...............................    18,057     0.2         26,460     0.3         9,052      0.1
                                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------
NET EARNINGS..................................................  $148,381     1.6       $112,074     1.4      $136,680      1.9
                                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average common shares [NOTES 2 AND 8]:

   Basic......................................................    99,152                 98,027                97,311
                                                              ----------             ----------            ----------
   Diluted....................................................   100,406                 99,204                98,472
                                                              ----------             ----------            ----------
NET EARNINGS PER SHARE [NOTES 2 AND 8]:

   Basic......................................................     $1.50                  $1.14                 $1.40
                                                              ----------             ----------            ----------
   Diluted....................................................     $1.48                  $1.13                 $1.39
                                                              ----------             ----------            ----------
See accompanying notes to group financial statements.

                                       50
<PAGE>

CIRCUIT CITY GROUP BALANCE SHEETS

                                                                                                      At February 28
(Amounts in thousands)                                                                         1999                    1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ASSETS

   CURRENT ASSETS:

   Cash and cash equivalents...............................................................   $248,201                 $90,200
   Net accounts receivable [NOTE 12].......................................................    476,952                 537,169
   Merchandise inventory...................................................................  1,292,215               1,266,575
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets...............................................     36,024                  19,798
                                                                                            ----------------------------------
   TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS....................................................................  2,053,392               1,913,742

   Property and equipment, net [NOTES 4 AND 5].............................................    801,827                 834,347
   Inter-Group Interest in the CarMax Group [NOTE 2].......................................    260,758                 278,239
   Other assets............................................................................     18,849                  35,290
                                                                                            ----------------------------------
   TOTAL ASSETS............................................................................ $3,134,826              $3,061,618
                                                                                            ----------------------------------

LIABILITIES AND GROUP EQUITY

   CURRENT LIABILITIES:

   Current installments of long-term debt [NOTES 5 AND 10].................................     $1,457                  $1,301
   Accounts payable........................................................................    739,895                 714,171
   Short-term debt [NOTE 5]................................................................      3,411                   5,591
   Accrued expenses and other current liabilities..........................................    135,029                 129,198
   Deferred income taxes [NOTE 6]..........................................................      2,090                       -
                                                                                            ----------------------------------
   TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES...............................................................    881,882                 850,261

   Long-term debt, excluding current installments [NOTES 5 AND 10].........................    286,865                 396,906
   Deferred revenue and other liabilities..................................................    107,070                 139,841
   Deferred income taxes [NOTE 6]..........................................................     33,536                  26,278
                                                                                            ----------------------------------
   TOTAL LIABILITIES.......................................................................  1,309,353               1,413,286

   GROUP EQUITY............................................................................  1,825,473               1,648,332
                                                                                            ----------------------------------
   Commitments and contingent liabilities [NOTES 1, 9, 10, 12, 14 AND 15]

   TOTAL LIABILITIES AND GROUP EQUITY...................................................... $3,134,826              $3,061,618
                                                                                            ----------------------------------

See accompanying notes to group financial statements.

                                       51

<PAGE>


CIRCUIT CITY GROUP STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                                          Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands)                                                         1999                1998                1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

   Net earnings............................................................  $148,381            $112,074            $136,680
   Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash
      provided by operating activities:
      Net loss related to Inter-Group Interest in the CarMax Group.........    18,057              26,460               9,052
      Depreciation and amortization........................................   130,290             111,749              97,313
      Loss (gain) on sales of property and equipment.......................     3,087               2,593              (1,540)
      Provision for deferred income taxes..................................     9,348              16,919              19,307
      Decrease in deferred revenue and other liabilities...................   (32,771)            (23,859)            (48,863)
      Decrease (increase) in net accounts receivable.......................    60,217             (33,545)           (195,791)
      (Increase) decrease in merchandise inventory, prepaid expenses
         and other current assets..........................................   (41,866)             34,441             (42,676)
      Decrease (increase) in other assets..................................     9,941              (5,032)            (14,178)
      Increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and
         other current liabilities.........................................    31,555              38,907              80,373
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------
   NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES...............................   336,239             280,707              39,677
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

   Purchases of property and equipment.....................................  (228,672)           (353,800)           (451,561)
   Proceeds from sales of property and equipment...........................   134,315             199,028             316,276
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------
   NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES...................................   (94,357)           (154,772)           (135,285)
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

   (Decrease) increase in allocated short-term debt, net...................    (2,180)              5,244             (73,690)
   (Decrease) increase in inter-group payable..............................         -             (48,147)             48,147
   (Decrease) increase in allocated long-term debt, net....................  (109,885)            (33,573)            109,702
   Equity issuances, net...................................................    42,165              22,311              15,385
   Dividends paid..........................................................   (13,981)            (13,792)            (13,199)
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------
   NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES.....................   (83,881)            (67,957)             86,345
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents...........................   158,001              57,978              (9,263)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.............................    90,200              32,222              41,485
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year...................................  $248,201             $90,200             $32,222
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------

See accompanying notes to group financial statements.

                                       52

<PAGE>

CIRCUIT CITY GROUP STATEMENTS OF GROUP EQUITY

(Amounts in thousands)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


BALANCE AT MARCH 1, 1996.......................................................................................... $1,063,921
                                                                                                                   ----------
   Net earnings...................................................................................................    136,680
   Equity issuances, net..........................................................................................     15,385
   Cash dividends.................................................................................................    (13,199)
   Inter-Group Interest adjustment resulting from the offering [NOTE 2]...........................................    323,910
                                                                                                                   ----------
BALANCE AT FEBRUARY 28, 1997......................................................................................  1,526,697
                                                                                                                   ----------
   Net earnings...................................................................................................    112,074
   Equity issuances, net..........................................................................................     22,311
   Cash dividends.................................................................................................    (13,792)
   Inter-Group Interest adjustment [NOTE 2].......................................................................      1,042
                                                                                                                   ----------
BALANCE AT FEBRUARY 28, 1998......................................................................................  1,648,332
                                                                                                                   ----------
   Net earnings...................................................................................................    148,381
   Equity issuances, net..........................................................................................     42,165
   Cash dividends.................................................................................................    (13,981)
   Inter-Group Interest adjustment [NOTE 2].......................................................................        576
                                                                                                                   ----------
BALANCE AT FEBRUARY 28, 1999...................................................................................... $1,825,473
                                                                                                                   ----------

See accompanying notes to group financial statements.

                                       53

</TABLE>

NOTES TO CIRCUIT CITY GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
On  January  24,  1997,  shareholders  of  Circuit  City  Stores,  Inc.  and its
subsidiaries  approved the creation of two common stock  series.  The  Company's
existing  common  stock was  subsequently  redesignated  as Circuit City Stores,
Inc.-Circuit  City Group Common Stock. In an initial public offering,  which was
completed  February 7, 1997,  the Company sold 21.86  million  shares of Circuit
City Stores, Inc.-CarMax Group Common Stock.
     The Circuit City Group Common Stock is intended to track the performance of
the Circuit City store-related  operations,  the Company's investment in Digital
Video Express and the Group's retained interest in the CarMax Group. The effects
of this retained interest on the Circuit City Group's  financial  statements are
identified by the term  "Inter-Group." The CarMax Group Common Stock is intended
to track the performance of the CarMax operations.  The Inter-Group  Interest is
not considered  outstanding  CarMax Stock.  Therefore,  any net earnings or loss
attributed to the Inter-Group Interest is not included in the CarMax Group's per
share  calculations.  The Circuit City Group held a 76.6 percent interest in the
CarMax Group at February 28, 1999, a 77.3 percent interest at February 28, 1998,
and a 77.5 percent interest at February 28, 1997.
     The Circuit City Group  financial  statements give effect to the management
and  allocation  policies  adopted by the board of directors as described  under
"Corporate  Activities."  The Circuit City Group financial  statements have been
prepared on a basis that  management  believes to be reasonable and  appropriate
and include (i) the  historical  financial  position,  results of operations and
cash flows of the Circuit City Group, (ii) an allocated portion of the Company's
cash  equivalents  and debt,  including  the  related  effects  upon  results of
operations and cash flows, (iii) an allocated portion of the Company's corporate
general and administrative  costs and (iv) the Inter-Group  Interest held by the
Circuit City Group in the CarMax Group.
     Notwithstanding  the  attribution of the Company's  assets and  liabilities
(including contingent  liabilities) and stockholders' equity between the Circuit
City Group and the CarMax Group for the purposes of preparing  their  respective
financial statements,  holders of Circuit City Stock and holders of CarMax Stock
are  shareholders  of the Company and continue to be subject to all of the risks
associated with an investment in the Company and all of its  businesses,  assets
and liabilities.  Such attribution and the change in the equity structure of the
Company  does  not  affect  title  to  the  assets  or  responsibility  for  the
liabilities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The results of operations
or financial  condition of one Group could affect the results of  operations  or
financial  condition  of the other  Group.  Accordingly,  the Circuit City Group
financial  statements  included  herein should be read in  conjunction  with the
Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  and the CarMax  Group  financial
statements.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(A) CASH AND CASH  EQUIVALENTS:  Allocated cash  equivalents of  $201,379,000 at
February  28, 1999,  and  $55,215,000  at February  28, 1998,  consist of highly
liquid debt securities with original maturities of three months or less.

(B) TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL  ASSETS:  The Company adopted Statement
of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 125,  "Accounting  for  Transfers  and
Servicing of Financial Assets and  Extinguishments  of  Liabilities,"  effective
January 1, 1997.  For transfers  that qualify as sales,  the Company  recognizes
gains  or  losses  as a  component  of the  Company's  finance  operations.  For
transfers of financial assets to qualify for sale  accounting,  control over the
assets must be surrendered at the time of sale.  Multiple  estimates are used to
calculate the gain or loss on sales of receivables  under SFAS No. 125.  Finance
charge income,  default rates and payment rates are estimated using  projections
developed  from the prior 12 months of operating  history.  These  estimates are
adjusted  for any  industry or  portfolio  trends that have been  observed.  The
resulting  cash  flow   projections  are  present  valued  at  a  discount  rate
appropriate for the type of asset and risk. Retained interests (such as residual
interests in a securitization  trust, cash reserve accounts and rights to future
interest  from serviced  assets that exceed  contractually  specified  servicing
fees) are included in net accounts receivable and are carried at fair value with
changes in fair value reflected in earnings.  Loan receivables held for sale are
carried  at the  lower of cost or  market,  whereas  loan  receivables  held for
investment  are carried at cost less an  allowance  for losses.  At February 28,
1999 and 1998, cost approximates fair value.

(C) FAIR VALUE OF  FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS:  The Company  enters  into  financial
instruments  on behalf of the Circuit  City  Group.  The  carrying  value of the
Circuit City Group's financial  instruments,  excluding interest rate swaps held
for hedging purposes,  approximates  fair value.  Credit risk is the exposure to
the potential  nonperformance  of another  material party to an agreement due to
changes in economic,  industry or geographic factors and is mitigated by dealing
only with  counterparties  that are  highly  rated by several  financial  rating
agencies.  Accordingly, the Circuit City Group does not anticipate material loss
for  nonperformance.  All financial  instruments are broadly  diversified  along
industry, product and geographic areas.

(D) MERCHANDISE  INVENTORY:  Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market.
Cost is determined by the average cost method.

(E) PREPAID  ROYALTIES AND EXECUTION  FEES:  Prepaid  royalties  represent fixed
minimum advance  payments made to licensors for digital video disc  distribution
rights. Divx retains a licensor's share of distribution revenues until the share
equals the advance paid to the  licensor.  Thereafter,  any excess  distribution
revenue is paid to the licensor.  Prepaid royalties are charged to operations as
revenues are earned.  Execution fees are one-time  payments made to licensors at
the time the related  licensing  agreements  are executed and are amortized over
the shorter of the initial terms of the licensing agreements or five years. Both
the prepaid  royalties and  execution  fees are stated at the lower of amortized
cost or estimated net realizable value on a license-agreement basis.

(F)  PROPERTY  AND  EQUIPMENT:  Property  and  equipment  is stated at cost less
accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation and amortization are
calculated  using the  straight-line  method over the assets'  estimated  useful
lives.

                                       54

     Property  held under  capital  lease is stated at the lower of the  present
value of the  minimum  lease  payments at the  inception  of the lease or market
value and is  amortized  on a  straight-line  basis  over the lease  term or the
estimated useful life of the asset, whichever is shorter.

(G) COMPUTER  SOFTWARE  COSTS:  Effective March 1, 1998, the Company adopted the
American Institute of Certified Public  Accountants  Statement of Position 98-1,
"Accounting  for the  Costs of  Computer  Software  Developed  or  Obtained  for
Internal  Use."  Once the  capitalization  criteria  of the SOP have  been  met,
external  direct costs of  materials  and services  used in the  development  of
internal-use  software  and  payroll  and  payroll-related  costs for  employees
directly  involved in the development of internal-use  software are capitalized.
Amounts  capitalized  are  amortized on a  straight-line  basis over a period of
three to five years.

(H) PRE-OPENING EXPENSES: Expenses associated with the opening of new stores are
deferred  and  amortized  ratably  over the  period  from the date of the  store
opening to the end of the fiscal year.

(I) INCOME TAXES:  Income taxes are  accounted  for in accordance  with SFAS No.
109,  "Accounting for Income Taxes." Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of
temporary  differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities  recognized
for  financial  reporting  purposes  and the amounts  recognized  for income tax
purposes,  measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. A deferred tax asset
is recognized if it is more likely than not that a benefit will be realized.

(J) DEFERRED  REVENUE:  The Circuit  City Group sells its own extended  warranty
contracts and extended warranty  contracts on behalf of unrelated third parties.
The contracts extend beyond the normal manufacturer's  warranty period,  usually
with terms  (including the  manufacturer's  warranty  period)  between 12 and 60
months.  All revenue  from the sale of the  Circuit  City  Group's own  extended
warranty  contracts is deferred and amortized on a straight-line  basis over the
life of the contracts. Incremental direct costs related to the sale of contracts
are deferred  and charged to expense in  proportion  to the revenue  recognized.
Commission  revenue for the unrelated  third-party  extended  warranty  plans is
recognized at the time of sale.

(K) INTER-GROUP INTEREST:  Prior to the offering,  the Circuit City Group held a
100 percent  Inter-Group  Interest in the CarMax  Group.  The Circuit City Group
held a 76.6  percent  Inter-Group  Interest in the CarMax  Group at February 28,
1999, a 77.3  percent  Inter-Group  Interest at February  28,  1998,  and a 77.5
percent  Inter-Group  Interest at February 28, 1997. For purposes of these group
financial  statements,  the  Circuit  City Group  accounts  for the  Inter-Group
Interest in a manner  similar to the equity method of  accounting.  Accordingly,
the Circuit City Group's Inter-Group Interest in the Company's equity value that
is attributed to the CarMax Group is reflected as  "Inter-Group  Interest in the
CarMax  Group" on the Circuit  City Group  balance  sheets.  Similarly,  the net
losses of the CarMax Group  attributed  to the Circuit City Group's  Inter-Group
Interest  are  reflected  as "Net loss  related to  Inter-Group  Interest in the
CarMax  Group" on the Circuit City Group  statements  of  earnings.  All amounts
corresponding  to the Circuit  City Group's  Inter-Group  Interest in the CarMax
Group in these group  financial  statements  represent  the Circuit City Group's
proportional  interest in the businesses,  assets and liabilities and income and
expenses of the CarMax Group.
     The carrying value of the Circuit City Group's Inter-Group  Interest in the
CarMax Group has been  decreased  proportionally  for the net loss of the CarMax
Group. In addition, in the event of any dividend or other distribution on CarMax
Stock, an amount that is  proportionate  to the aggregate amount paid in respect
to shares of CarMax  Stock would be  transferred  to the Circuit City Group from
the CarMax Group with respect to its  Inter-Group  Interest and would reduce the
related book value.

(L) SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES: Operating profits generated by
the  finance  operation  are  recorded as a  reduction  to selling,  general and
administrative expenses.

(M) ADVERTISING EXPENSES: All advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

(N) NET EARNINGS PER SHARE:  On December 15, 1997, the Company  adopted SFAS No.
128,  "Earnings per Share." All prior period  earnings per share data  presented
has been restated to conform with the provisions of SFAS No. 128.
     Basic  net  earnings  per  share  is  computed  by  dividing  net  earnings
attributed to Circuit City Stock, including the Circuit City Group's 100 percent
interest in the losses of the CarMax Group for periods prior to the offering and
the Circuit City Group's retained interest in the CarMax Group subsequent to the
offering,  by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding.  Diluted
net  earnings  per share is computed  by dividing  net  earnings  attributed  to
Circuit City Stock, which includes the Circuit City Group's retained interest in
CarMax, by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and dilutive
potential common shares.

(O)  STOCK-BASED  COMPENSATION:  On March 1, 1996, the Company  adopted SFAS No.
123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation."  The  Company has elected to
continue applying the provisions of the Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No.
25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to  Employees,"  and to provide the pro forma
disclosures of SFAS No. 123.

(P) DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS: The Company enters into interest rate swap
agreements  to manage  exposure  to  interest  rates and to more  closely  match
funding costs to the use of funding.  Interest rate swaps  relating to long-term
debt are  classified  as held for purposes  other than trading and are accounted
for on a settlement  basis. To qualify for this accounting  treatment,  the swap
must  synthetically  alter  the  nature  of a  designated  underlying  financial
instrument.  Under this method,  payments or receipts due or owed under the swap
agreement are accrued  through each  settlement date and recorded as a component
of interest expense.  If a swap designated as a synthetic  alteration were to be
terminated, any gain or loss on the termination would be deferred and recognized
over the  shorter of the  original  contractual  life of the swap or the related
life of the designated long-term debt.
     The Company also enters into interest  rate swap  agreements as part of its
asset securitization  programs. Swaps entered into by a seller as part of a sale
of financial assets are considered  proceeds at fair value in the  determination
of the gain or loss on the sale.  If

                                       55

such a swap were terminated, the impact on the fair value of the financial asset
created by the sale of the related  receivables  would be estimated and included
in earnings.

(Q) RISKS AND  UNCERTAINTIES:  Circuit  City is a leading  national  retailer of
brand-name  consumer  electronics,  personal  computers,  major  appliances  and
entertainment  software.  The diversity of Circuit City's  products,  customers,
suppliers and geographic operations significantly reduces the risk that a severe
impact will occur in the near term as a result of changes in its customer  base,
competition,  sources of supply or markets.  It is  unlikely  that any one event
would have a severe impact on Circuit City's operating results.
     Because of the  Company's  investment  in Divx,  the Circuit  City Group is
subject to additional  risks and  uncertainties.  Divx was formed to develop and
launch an  enhancement  for DVD  players  that  provides  significant  copyright
protection for movies released on Divx digital discs and sets a new standard for
home  video  convenience.  While  management  believes  this  product  will gain
widespread  acceptance,  there is no  assurance  that  Divx  ever  will  achieve
significant  sales  of such  product.  Other  risks  include  limited  operating
history,  no  assurance  of  successful   operations,   early  state  of  market
development,  acquiring and maintaining licensing and manufacturing  agreements,
minimum compensation  requirements under studio license agreements,  competition
from substitute products and services, rapid technological change, dependence on
key personnel and vendors, development or assertions by or against Divx relating
to  intellectual  property  rights,  and  the  uncertainty  of  availability  of
additional financing.
     Because of the Inter-Group Interest, the Circuit City Group also is subject
to risks and  uncertainties  related to the CarMax  Group.  The diversity of the
CarMax  Group's  customers and  suppliers  reduces the risk that a severe impact
will  occur in the near  term as a result of  changes  in its  customer  base or
sources of supply.  However,  due to the CarMax  Group's  limited  overall size,
management  cannot  assure  that  unanticipated  events will not have a negative
impact on the Circuit City Group.
     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the reported amounts of assets,  liabilities,  revenues
and expenses and the  disclosure of contingent  assets and  liabilities.  Actual
results could differ from those estimates.

(R) RECLASSIFICATIONS:  Certain amounts in prior years have been reclassified to
conform to classifications adopted in fiscal 1999.

3. CORPORATE ACTIVITIES
The Circuit City Group's  financial  statements  reflect the  application of the
management and allocation  policies adopted by the board of directors to various
corporate activities, as described below:

(A) FINANCIAL  ACTIVITIES:  Most financial activities are managed by the Company
on a centralized  basis.  Such  financial  activities  include the investment of
surplus cash and the issuance and  repayment of short-term  and long-term  debt.
Allocated  invested  surplus  cash of the  Circuit  City Group  consists  of (i)
Company cash equivalents,  if any, that have been allocated in their entirety to
the Circuit City Group and (ii) a portion of the Company's cash equivalents that
are  allocated  between the  Groups.  Allocated  debt of the Circuit  City Group
consists of (i) Company debt, if any, that has been allocated in its entirety to
the Circuit City Group and (ii) a portion of the Company's pooled debt, which is
debt  allocated  between  the Groups.  The pooled debt bears  interest at a rate
based on the average  pooled debt  balance.  Expenses  related to  increases  in
pooled debt are reflected in the weighted  average  interest rate of such pooled
debt as a whole.

(B)  CORPORATE  GENERAL  AND   ADMINISTRATIVE   COSTS:   Corporate  general  and
administrative  costs and other shared services generally have been allocated to
the Circuit  City Group based upon  utilization  of such  services by the Group.
Where  determinations  based on utilization alone have been  impractical,  other
methods and  criteria  were used that  management  believes  are  equitable  and
provide a reasonable estimate of the costs attributable to the Group.

(C) INCOME TAXES: The Circuit City Group is included in the consolidated federal
income  tax  return  and  certain  state  tax  returns  filed  by  the  Company.
Accordingly,  the provision for federal income taxes and related payments of tax
are determined on a consolidated  basis. The financial  statement  provision and
the related tax  payments or refunds are  reflected  in each  Group's  financial
statements in  accordance  with the  Company's  tax  allocation  policy for such
Groups. In general, this policy provides that the consolidated tax provision and
related  tax  payments or refunds  will be  allocated  between the Groups  based
principally upon the financial income, taxable income, credits and other amounts
directly  related to the respective  Group.  Tax benefits that cannot be used by
the Group  generating  such  attributes,  but can be utilized on a  consolidated
basis, are allocated to the Group that generated such benefits. As a result, the
allocated  Group  amounts of taxes  payable or  refundable  are not  necessarily
comparable  to those that would have  resulted if the Groups had filed  separate
tax returns.

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment, at cost, at February 28 is summarized as follows:

(Amounts in thousands)                     1999        1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Land and buildings (20 to 25 years)..     $59,823    $109,115
Construction in progress.............     103,309      97,980
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
   (3 to 8 years)....................     654,156     584,110
Leasehold improvements
   (10 to 15 years)..................     534,015     478,679
Capital leases, primarily buildings
   (20 years)........................      12,471      12,471
                                        ---------------------
                                        1,363,774   1,282,355
Less accumulated depreciation and
   amortization......................     561,947     448,008
                                        ---------------------
Property and equipment, net..........    $801,827    $834,347
                                        ---------------------

                                       56
<PAGE>

5. DEBT
Long-term debt of the Company at February 28 is summarized as follows:

(Amounts in thousands)                       1999      1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Term loans...............................  $405,000  $405,000
Industrial Development Revenue
   Bonds due through 2006 at various
   prime-based rates of interest ranging
   from 5.0% to 7.0%.....................     6,564     7,665
Obligations under capital leases [NOTE 10]   12,728    12,928
Note payable.............................     5,000         -
                                           ------------------
Total long-term debt.....................   429,292   425,593
Less current installments................     2,707     1,301
                                           ------------------
Long-term debt, excluding
   current installments..................  $426,585  $424,292
                                           ------------------
Portion of long-term debt allocated
   to the Circuit City Group.............  $288,322  $398,207
                                           ------------------

     In  July  1994,  the  Company  entered  into  a  seven-year,  $100,000,000,
unsecured  bank  term  loan.  The  loan was  restructured  in  August  1996 as a
$100,000,000,  six-year  unsecured  bank term loan.  Principal is due in full at
maturity  with interest  payable  periodically  at LIBOR plus 0.40  percent.  At
February 28, 1999, the interest rate on the term loan was 5.76 percent.
     In May 1995, the Company entered into a five-year, $175,000,000,  unsecured
bank term loan.  Principal  is due in full at  maturity  with  interest  payable
periodically at LIBOR plus 0.35 percent. At February 28, 1999, the interest rate
on the term loan was 5.67 percent.
     In June 1996, the Company entered into a five-year, $130,000,000, unsecured
bank term loan.  Principal  is due in full at  maturity  with  interest  payable
periodically at LIBOR plus 0.35 percent. At February 28, 1999, the interest rate
on the term loan was 5.29 percent.
     The  Company  maintains a  multi-year,  $150,000,000,  unsecured  revolving
credit agreement with four banks. The agreement calls for interest based on both
committed  rates and money market rates and a commitment fee of 0.13 percent per
annum.  The  agreement  was entered into as of August 31, 1996,  and  terminates
August  31,  2002.  No  amounts  were  outstanding  under the  revolving  credit
agreement at February 28, 1999 or 1998.
     The  Industrial  Development  Revenue  Bonds  are  collateralized  by land,
buildings  and  equipment  with an  aggregate  carrying  value of  approximately
$10,740,000 at February 28, 1999, and $10,879,000 at February 28, 1998.
     Under  certain of the debt  agreements,  the  Company  must meet  financial
covenants   relating  to  minimum   tangible  net  worth,   current  ratios  and
debt-to-capital ratios. The Company was in compliance with all such covenants at
February 28, 1999 and 1998.
     Short-term debt of the Company is funded through  committed lines of credit
and informal credit  arrangements,  as well as the revolving  credit  agreement.
Amounts outstanding and committed lines of credit available are as follows:

                                         Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands)                       1999      1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------

Average short-term debt outstanding......   $54,505   $48,254
                                           ------------------
Maximum short-term debt outstanding......  $463,000  $414,000
                                           ------------------
Aggregate committed lines of credit......  $370,000  $410,000
                                           ------------------

     The weighted average  interest rate on the outstanding  short-term debt was
5.1 percent  during fiscal 1999,  5.7 percent during fiscal 1998 and 5.4 percent
during fiscal 1997.
     Interest  expense  allocated  by the  Company to the  Circuit  City  Group,
excluding interest capitalized,  was $21,926,000 in fiscal 1999,  $25,072,000 in
fiscal 1998 and  $23,503,000 in fiscal 1997. The Circuit City Group  capitalizes
interest in connection with the construction of certain  facilities and software
developed  or obtained for internal  use. In fiscal 1999,  interest  capitalized
amounted  to  $2,749,000  ($4,759,000  in fiscal 1998 and  $6,072,000  in fiscal
1997).
<PAGE>

6. INCOME TAXES
The components of the provision for income taxes on earnings before income taxes
and Inter-Group Interest in the CarMax Group are as follows:

                                     Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands)                1999     1998     1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Current:
   Federal.......................   $82,907  $63,576  $62,649
   State.........................    10,379    5,319    8,265
                                   --------------------------
                                     93,286   68,895   70,914
                                   --------------------------
Deferred:
   Federal.......................     9,068   14,060   18,150
   State.........................       280    2,859    1,157
                                   --------------------------
                                      9,348   16,919   19,307
                                   --------------------------
Provision for income taxes.......  $102,634  $85,814  $90,221
                                   --------------------------

     The effective  income tax rate differed from the Federal  statutory  income
tax rate as follows:

                                      Years Ended February 28
                                       1999     1998     1997
                                      -----------------------

Federal statutory income
   tax rate......................     35.0%    35.0%    35.0%
State and local income taxes,
   net of Federal benefit........      3.1      3.3      3.2
                                      ----------------------

Effective income tax rate........     38.1%    38.3%    38.2%
                                      ----------------------

                                       57

     In accordance  with SFAS No. 109, the tax effects of temporary  differences
that  give  rise  to a  significant  portion  of the  deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities at February 28, 1999 and 1998 are as follows:

(Amounts in thousands)                         1999     1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Deferred tax assets:
   Deferred revenue........................   $8,202   $1,129
   Inventory capitalization................    7,198    7,783
   Accrued expenses........................   24,110   36,448
   Other...................................    5,246    3,638
                                             ----------------
      Total gross deferred tax assets......   44,756   48,998
                                             ----------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
   Depreciation and amortization...........   43,600   43,630
   Gain on sales of receivables............   10,337    9,489
   Other prepaid expenses..................   12,062   10,569
   Other...................................   14,383   11,588
                                             ----------------
      Total gross deferred tax liabilities.   80,382   75,276
                                             ----------------
Net deferred tax liability.................  $35,626  $26,278
                                             ----------------

     Based on the Company's  historical and current pretax earnings,  management
believes the amount of gross deferred tax assets will be realized through future
taxable income; therefore, no valuation allowance is necessary.

7. CAPITAL STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS
(A) PREFERRED STOCK: In conjunction with the Company's  Shareholders Rights Plan
as amended and restated,  preferred stock purchase rights were  distributed as a
dividend  at the rate of one right for each share of  Circuit  City  Stock.  The
rights are  exercisable  only upon the attainment of, or the  commencement  of a
tender  offer to attain,  a  specified  ownership  interest  in the Company by a
person or group. When  exercisable,  each Circuit City Group right would entitle
shareholders to buy one  four-hundredth  of a share of Cumulative  Participating
Preferred Stock, Series E, $20 par value, at an exercise price of $250 per share
subject to adjustment.  A total of 500,000 shares of such preferred stock, which
have preferential dividend and liquidation rights, have been designated. No such
shares are outstanding.  In the event that an acquiring person or group acquires
the  specified  ownership  percentage  of the  Company's  common  stock  (except
pursuant to a cash tender offer for all outstanding shares determined to be fair
by the board of directors) or engages in certain  transactions  with the Company
after the rights become  exercisable,  each right will be converted into a right
to  purchase,  for half the  current  market  price at that time,  shares of the
related Group stock valued at two times the exercise price.

<PAGE>

     The Company  also has  1,000,000  shares of  undesignated  preferred  stock
authorized of which no shares are outstanding  and an additional  500,000 shares
of preferred  stock  designated as Series F which are related to similar  rights
held by CarMax Group shareholders.

(B) VOTING RIGHTS:  The holders of both series of common stock and any series of
preferred  stock  outstanding  and entitled to vote together with the holders of
common stock will vote together as a single voting group on all matters on which
common shareholders  generally are entitled to vote other than a matter on which
the common stock or either series thereof or any series of preferred stock would
be entitled  to vote as a separate  voting  group.  On all matters on which both
series of common stock would vote together as a single  voting  group,  (i) each
outstanding  share of  Circuit  City  Stock  shall  have one vote and (ii)  each
outstanding  share of CarMax  Stock  shall  have a number of votes  based on the
weighted average ratio of the market value of a share of CarMax Stock to a share
of  Circuit  City  Stock.  If  shares of only one  series  of  common  stock are
outstanding,  each share of that series shall be entitled to one vote. If either
series of common  stock is  entitled  to vote as a  separate  voting  group with
respect to any matter,  each share of that series  shall,  for  purposes of such
vote, be entitled to one vote on such matter.

(C)  RESTRICTED  STOCK:  The  Company  has  issued  restricted  stock  under the
provisions of the 1994 Stock Incentive Plan whereby management and key employees
are granted  restricted shares of Circuit City Stock.  Shares are awarded in the
name of the  employee,  who has all the  rights  of a  stockholder,  subject  to
certain restrictions or forfeitures. Restrictions on the awards generally expire
three to seven years from the date of grant. In fiscal 1999,  certain members of
management of the Circuit City Group were granted 131,350  restricted  shares of
Circuit  City Stock that vest seven years from the date of grant.  These  awards
provide  accelerated  vesting  if certain  performance  factors  are met.  Total
restricted  stock awards of 360,346 shares of Circuit City Stock were granted to
eligible  employees  in fiscal  1999.  The market  value at the date of grant of
these shares has been  recorded as unearned  compensation  and is a component of
group equity. Unearned compensation is expensed over the restriction periods. In
fiscal 1999, a total of  $8,741,100  was charged to  operations  ($4,995,400  in
fiscal 1998 and  $3,790,200  in fiscal 1997).  As of February 28, 1999,  966,053
restricted shares of Circuit City Stock were outstanding.

(D) EMPLOYEE  STOCK PURCHASE PLAN: The Company has Employee Stock Purchase Plans
for all employees meeting certain eligibility  criteria.  Under the Circuit City
Plan,  eligible employees may purchase shares of Circuit City Stock,  subject to
certain limitations,  at 85 percent of market value. Purchases are limited to 10
percent of an employee's  eligible  compensation,  up to a maximum of $7,500 per
year. At February 28, 1999, a total of 683,015 shares  remained  available under
the Circuit  City Plan.  During  fiscal 1999,  429,355  shares were issued to or
purchased on the open market for  employees  (450,698  shares in fiscal 1998 and
499,338 in fiscal 1997).  The average price per share was $43.38 in fiscal 1999,
$36.78 in fiscal 1998 and $32.68 in fiscal 1997.  The purchase price discount is
charged to Circuit City Group operations and totaled  $2,716,400 in fiscal 1999,
$2,509,500 in fiscal 1998 and $2,433,600 in fiscal 1997.

(E) STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS: Under the Company's stock incentive plans, incentive
and nonqualified  stock options may be granted to management,  key employees and
outside  directors to purchase shares of Circuit City Stock.  The exercise price
for incentive stock options for employees and  nonqualified  options for outside
directors is equal to, or greater  than,  the market value at the date of grant;
for nonqualified options granted under the

                                       58

1988 Plan for  employees,  it is at least 85 percent of the market  value at the
date of  grant  (100  percent  under  the  1994  Plan).  Options  generally  are
exercisable over a period of from one to 10 years from the date of grant.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
TABLE 1                                            1999                           1998                           1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                 Weighted Average               Weighted Average               Weighted Average
(Shares in thousands)                     Shares  Exercise Price        Shares   Exercise Price        Shares   Exercise Price
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Outstanding at beginning of year........  4,994          $32.00          4,828          $29.76          3,563          $18.63
Granted.................................    540           42.33            726           35.21          2,159           43.38
Exercised............................... (1,004)          17.53           (483)          15.00           (786)          17.67
Cancelled...............................    (83)          33.59            (77)          29.42           (108)          21.90
                                         ------                          -----                          -----
Outstanding at end of year..............  4,447          $36.49          4,994          $32.00          4,828          $29.76
                                         ------                          -----                          -----
Options exercisable at end of year......  1,483          $24.03          1,754          $19.68          1,629          $17.24
                                         ------                          -----                          -----
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

TABLE 2                                                  Options Outstanding                          Options Exercisable
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                         Weighted Average
(Shares in thousands)                         Number         Remaining    Weighted Average        Number       Weighted Average
Range of Exercise Prices                    Outstanding  Contractual Life  Exercise Price       Exercisable     Exercise Price
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

$15.69 to 20.13..............................   474            2.0            $18.34                 474            $18.34
 22.50 to 29.13..............................   701            2.1             23.49                 617             23.63
 29.50 to 38.00.............................. 1,748            5.2             31.97                 392             31.55
 38.38 to 48.56..............................   524            7.1             42.40                   -                 -
 59.00....................................... 1,000            3.1             59.00                   -                 -
                                              -----                                                -----
Total........................................ 4,447            4.1            $36.49               1,483            $24.03
                                              -----                                                -----
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     A summary of the status of the  Circuit  City  Group's  stock  options  and
changes  during the years ended  February 28,  1999,  1998 and 1997 are shown in
Table 1. Table 2 summarizes  information  about stock options  outstanding as of
February 28, 1999.
     The   Circuit   City  Group   applies   APB  Opinion  No.  25  and  related
interpretations  in  accounting  for its stock  option  plans.  Accordingly,  no
compensation  cost has been recognized.  Had  compensation  cost been determined
based on the fair value at the grant date  consistent  with the  methods of SFAS
No. 123,  the Circuit City Group's net earnings and net earnings per share would
have been reduced to the pro forma  amounts  indicated  in the next  column.  In
accordance with the transition provisions of SFAS No. 123, the pro forma amounts
reflect  options with grant dates  subsequent to March 1, 1995.  Therefore,  the
full impact of  calculating  compensation  cost for stock options under SFAS No.
123 is not  reflected in the pro forma net earnings  amounts  presented  because
compensation   cost  is  reflected  over  the  options'   vesting   periods  and
compensation  cost of options granted prior to March 1, 1995, is not considered.
The pro forma  effect on fiscal year 1999 may not be  representative  of the pro
forma effects on net earnings for future years.

(Amounts in thousands              Years Ended February 28
except per share data)           1999       1998        1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Net earnings-as reported....  $148,381   $112,074    $136,680
Net earnings-pro forma......   142,479    107,399     133,326
Basic net earnings per
   share-as reported........     $1.50      $1.14       $1.40
Basic net earnings per
   share-pro forma..........      1.44       1.10        1.37
Diluted net earnings per
   share-as reported........     $1.48      $1.13       $1.39
Diluted net earnings per
   share-pro forma..........      1.42       1.08        1.35

     For the purpose of computing the pro forma  amounts  indicated  above,  the
fair  value  of each  option  on the  date  of  grant  is  estimated  using  the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The weighted average assumptions used in the
model are as follows:

                                   1999       1998      1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------

Expected dividend yield........... 0.4%       0.4%      0.4%
Expected stock volatility.........  33%        33%       33%
Risk-free interest rates..........   6%         6%        6%
Expected lives (in years).........   5          4         4

     Using these  assumptions in the  Black-Scholes  model, the weighted average
fair value of options  granted for the Circuit City Group is $15 in fiscal 1999,
$13 in fiscal 1998 and $8 in fiscal 1997.

                                       59
<PAGE>

8. NET EARNINGS PER SHARE
Reconciliations  of the  numerator  and  denominator  of basic and  diluted  net
earnings per share are presented below:

(Amounts in thousands               Years Ended February 28
except per share data)            1999       1998      1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Weighted average common
   shares......................    99,152    98,027    97,311
Dilutive potential common shares:
   Options.....................       850       842       889
   Restricted stock............       404       335       272
                                 ----------------------------
Weighted average common shares
   and dilutive potential
   common shares...............   100,406    99,204    98,472
                                 ----------------------------
Income available to common
   shareholders................  $148,381  $112,074  $136,680
                                 ----------------------------
Basic net earnings per share...     $1.50     $1.14     $1.40
                                 ----------------------------
Diluted net earnings per share.     $1.48     $1.13     $1.39
                                 ----------------------------

     Certain  options  were not  included  in the  computation  of  diluted  net
earnings per share  because the options'  exercise  prices were greater than the
average market price of the common shares.  Options to purchase 1,000,000 shares
of Circuit City Stock at $59.00 per share were  outstanding  and not included in
the calculation at the end of fiscal 1999;  1,510,000 shares ranging from $35.47
to $59.00 per share at the end of fiscal 1998; and 1,076,000 shares ranging from
$32.25 to $59.00 per share at the end of fiscal 1997.

9. PENSION PLAN
The Company has a  noncontributory  defined  benefit  pension plan  covering the
majority of full-time  employees who are at least age 21 and have  completed one
year of  service.  The cost of the  program  is  being  funded  currently.  Plan
benefits generally are based on years of service and average compensation.  Plan
assets  consist  primarily of equity  securities  and included  80,000 shares of
Circuit City Stock at February 28, 1999 and 1998.
     Eligible  employees of the Circuit City Group  participate in the Company's
plan.  Pension costs for these employees have been allocated to the Circuit City
Group based on its proportionate share of the projected benefit obligation.  The
following  tables  set  forth  the  Circuit  City  Group's  share of the  Plan's
financial status and amounts recognized in the balance sheets as of February 28:

(Amounts in thousands)                              1999     1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year........   $88,166   $70,055
Service cost...................................    10,479     8,365
Interest cost..................................     6,135     5,221
Actuarial loss.................................     8,511     7,603
Benefits paid..................................    (3,290)   (3,078)
                                                 ------------------
Benefit obligation at end of year..............  $110,001   $88,166
                                                 ------------------
(Amounts in thousands)                              1999     1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year..  $83,009   $62,033
Actual return on plan assets....................    4,342    12,574
Employer contributions..........................   10,064    11,480
Benefits paid...................................   (3,290)   (3,078)
                                                  -----------------
Fair value of plan assets at end of year........  $94,125   $83,009
                                                  -----------------

Reconciliation of funded status:
Funded status................................... $(15,876)  $(5,157)
Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain)..............    8,657    (3,187)
Unrecognized transition asset...................     (598)     (797)
Unrecognized prior service benefit..............     (552)     (656)
                                                  -----------------
Net amount recognized........................... $ (8,369)  $(9,797)
                                                 ------------------
<PAGE>

     The components of net pension expense are as follows:

                                                    Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands)                              1999      1998     1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service cost....................................  $10,479    $8,365   $9,227
Interest cost...................................    6,135     5,221    4,667
Expected return on plan assets..................   (7,675)   (5,060)  (3,874)
Amortization of prior service cost..............     (104)     (104)    (104)
Amortization of transitional asset..............     (199)     (199)    (199)
Recognized actuarial loss.......................        -         -    1,223
                                                  --------------------------
Net pension expense.............................  $ 8,636    $8,223  $10,940
                                                  --------------------------

     Assumptions used in the accounting for the pension plan were:

                                            Years Ended February 28
                                              1999    1998    1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

Weighted average discount rate..............   6.8%   7.0%    7.5%
Rate of increase in compensation levels.....   5.0%   5.0%    5.5%
Expected rate of return on plan assets......   9.0%   9.0%    9.0%
                                               -------------------
10. LEASE COMMITMENTS
The Circuit City Group conducts a substantial  portion of its business in leased
premises.  The Circuit City Group's lease obligations are based upon contractual
minimum rates. For certain  locations,  amounts in excess of these minimum rates
are  payable  based upon  specified  percentages  of sales.  Rental  expense and
sublease income for all operating leases are summarized as follows:

                                        Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands)                  1999      1998      1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------

Minimum rentals.....................  $273,185  $236,962  $178,599
Rentals based on sales volume.......     1,247       730     2,322
Sublease income.....................   (14,857)  (12,879)  (11,121)
                                      ----------------------------
Net.................................  $259,575  $224,813  $169,800
                                      ----------------------------

     The Circuit City Group computes rent based on a percentage of sales volumes
in excess of defined  amounts in certain  store  locations.  Most of the Circuit
City  Group's  other  leases  are  fixed-dollar  rental  commitments,  with many
containing rent escalations based on the Consumer Price Index. Most provide that
the Circuit  City Group pay taxes,  maintenance,  insurance  and  certain  other
operating expenses applicable to the premises.

                                       60

     The initial term of most real  property  leases will expire within the next
25 years;  however,  most of the leases have options  providing  for  additional
lease terms of five years to 25 years at terms similar to the initial terms.
     Future  minimum fixed lease  obligations,  excluding  taxes,  insurance and
other costs payable directly by the Circuit City Group, as of February 28, 1999,
were:

                                        Operating   Operating
(Amounts in thousands)         Capital    Lease     Sublease
Fiscal                         Leases  Commitments   Income
- -------------------------------------------------------------

2000.........................  $1,662    $265,709   $(14,684)
2001.........................   1,681     263,649    (12,817)
2002.........................   1,725     260,494    (11,605)
2003.........................   1,726     256,873    (10,624)
2004.........................   1,768     254,586     (9,123)
After 2004...................  16,464   2,837,569    (55,144)
                               -----------------------------
Total minimum lease
   payments..................  25,026  $4,138,880  $(113,997)
                                       ---------------------
Less amounts representing
   interest..................  12,298
                              -------
Present value of net
   minimum capital lease
   payments [NOTE 5]......... $12,728
                              -------

     In fiscal 1999, the Company  entered into  sale-leaseback  transactions  on
behalf of the Circuit City Group with unrelated  parties at an aggregate selling
price of $103,750,000  ($120,670,000  in fiscal 1998 and  $185,244,000 in fiscal
1997). Neither the Company nor the Circuit City Group has continuing involvement
under the sale-leaseback transactions.
<PAGE>

11. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION
Advertising  expense,  which is included in selling,  general and administrative
expenses in the  accompanying  statements of earnings,  amounted to $417,619,000
(4.5 percent of net sales and operating  revenues) in fiscal 1999,  $370,725,000
(4.6  percent  of  net  sales  and  operating   revenues)  in  fiscal  1998  and
$342,777,000 (4.8 percent of net sales and operating revenues) in fiscal 1997.

12. SECURITIZATIONS
On behalf of the Circuit  City Group,  the  Company  enters into  securitization
transactions,  which allow for the sale of credit card  receivables to unrelated
entities,  to finance the consumer revolving credit receivables generated by its
wholly owned finance operation.  Proceeds from securitization  transactions were
$224.6  million  for fiscal  1999,  $331.4  million  for fiscal  1998 and $551.1
million for fiscal 1997.

     Receivables  relating  to  the  securitization  facilities  consist  of the
following at February 28:

(Amounts in thousands)                1999           1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------

Managed receivables..............  $2,957,132     $2,749,793
Receivables/residual interests held
   by the Circuit City Group:
   For sale......................     (39,948)       (44,622)
   For investment................    (161,996)      (203,921)
                                   -------------------------
Net receivables sold.............  $2,755,188     $2,501,250
                                   -------------------------
Net receivables sold
   with recourse.................    $322,000       $726,000
                                   -------------------------
Program capacity.................  $3,127,000     $3,075,000
                                   -------------------------

     Private-label  credit card receivables are financed through  securitization
programs  employing a master trust  structure.  As of February  28,  1999,  this
securitization  program had a capacity of $1.38  billion.  The  agreement has no
recourse provisions.
     During  fiscal 1998, a bank card master trust  securitization  facility was
established  and issued two series from the trust.  Provisions  under the master
trust agreement  provide recourse to the Company for any cash flow  deficiencies
on  $322  million  of  the  receivables  sold.  The  finance  charges  from  the
transferred receivables are used to fund interest costs, charge-offs,  servicing
fees and other related costs. The Company believes that as of February 28, 1999,
no  liability   existed  under  these   recourse   provisions.   The  bank  card
securitization program has a total program capacity of $1.75 billion.
     The net gain on sales of receivables  totaled $2.3 million for fiscal 1999,
$21.8  million for fiscal 1998 and $3.2  million  for fiscal  1997.  The finance
operation's servicing revenue, including gains on sales of receivables,  totaled
$200.6  million  for fiscal  1999,  $195.7  million  for fiscal  1998 and $197.0
million  for fiscal  1997.  Rights  recorded  for future  interest  income  from
serviced  assets  that exceed the  contractually  specified  servicing  fees are
carried at fair value and amounted to $27.3 million at February 28, 1999,  $25.0
million at February  28, 1998,  and $3.2  million at February 28, 1997,  and are
included in net accounts receivable.  The servicing fees specified in the credit
card securitization  agreements  adequately compensate the finance operation for
servicing the accounts.  Accordingly,  no servicing  asset or liability has been
recorded.
     In determining the fair value of retained interests,  the Company estimates
future cash flows from  finance  charge  collections,  reduced by net  defaults,
servicing  cost,  and interest cost.  The Company  employs a risk-based  pricing
strategy that increases the stated annual percentage rate for accounts that have
a higher predicted risk of default.  Accounts with a lower risk profile also may
qualify for promotional financing.
     The private-label card programs, excluding promotional balances, range from
21 percent to 24 percent APR,  with  default  rates  varying  based on portfolio
composition,  but generally aggregating from 6 percent to 10 percent.  Principal
payment  rates vary widely both  seasonally  and by credit  terms but are in the
range of 9 percent to 12 percent.

                                       61

     The bank card APRs are based on the prime rate and  generally  range from 7
percent to 22 percent, with default rates varying by portfolio composition,  but
generally aggregating from 8 percent to 12 percent. Principal payment rates vary
widely both  seasonally and by credit terms but are in the range of 5 percent to
8 percent.
     Interest cost paid by the master trusts  varies  between  series and ranges
from 5.0 percent to 6.3 percent.

13. OPERATING SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Circuit City Group conducts business in two operating segments: Circuit City
and Divx.  These  segments are  identified and managed by the Group based on the
different  products  and  services  offered by each.  Circuit City refers to the
retail  operations  bearing the Circuit City name and to all related  operations
such as its  finance  operation.  This  segment is engaged  in the  business  of
selling brand-name consumer  electronics,  personal computers,  major appliances
and entertainment software. Divx primarily is engaged in the business of selling
specially encrypted DVD at wholesale.  Financial  information for these segments
for fiscal 1999, 1998 and 1997 are shown in Table 3.

14. INTEREST RATE SWAPS
In  October  1994,  the  Company  entered  into  five-year  interest  rate  swap
agreements  with notional  amounts  totaling  $300 million  relating to a public
issuance of  securities  by the master  trust.  As part of this  issuance,  $344
million of  five-year,  fixed-rate  certificates  were  issued to fund  consumer
credit receivables.  The finance operation is servicer for the accounts,  and as
such,  receives  its monthly  cash  portfolio  yield after  deducting  interest,
charge-offs and other related costs.  The underlying  receivables are based on a
floating  rate. The swaps were put in place to better match funding costs to the
receivables  being  securitized.  As a result,  the master trust pays fixed-rate
interest,  and  the  Company  utilizes  the  swaps  to  convert  the  fixed-rate
obligation to a floating-rate,  LIBOR-based obligation. These swaps were entered
into as part of the sales of  receivables  and are included in the gain on sales
of receivables.
     Concurrent  with the funding of the $175 million term loan  facility in May
1995,  the Company  entered into  five-year  interest  rate swaps with  notional
amounts  aggregating  $175  million.   These  swaps  effectively  converted  the
variable-rate  obligation  into a fixed-rate  obligation.  The fair value of the
swaps is the  amount at which  they  could be  settled.  This  value is based on
estimates obtained from the counterparties,  which are two banks highly rated by
several  financial rating agencies.  The swaps are held for hedging purposes and
are not  recorded at fair value.  Recording  the swaps at fair value at February
28, 1999, would result in a loss of $2.2 million and at February 28, 1998, would
result in a loss of $1.9 million.

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
TABLE 3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1999
                                                                                                                       Total
(Amounts in thousands)                                                   Circuit City        Divx     Elimination    Segments
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Revenues from external customers........................................  $9,335,298        $2,851           $-     $9,338,149
Intersegment revenues...................................................       8,872         6,830      (15,702)             -
Interest expense........................................................      21,926             -            -         21,926
Depreciation and amortization...........................................     119,724        10,566            -        130,290
Earnings (loss) before income taxes.....................................     379,630      (110,558)           -        269,072
Provision for income taxes (income tax benefit).........................     144,646       (42,012)           -        102,634
Net earnings (loss).....................................................     234,984       (68,546)           -        166,438
Total assets............................................................  $2,813,635       $60,433           $-     $2,874,068

1998
                                                                                                                       Total
(Amounts in thousands)                                                   Circuit City        Divx     Elimination    Segments
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Revenues from external customers........................................  $7,996,591           $ -           $-     $7,996,591
Interest expense........................................................      25,072             -            -         25,072
Depreciation and amortization...........................................     110,282         1,467            -        111,749
Earnings (loss) before income taxes.....................................     257,632       (33,284)           -        224,348
Provision for income taxes (income tax benefit).........................      98,462       (12,648)           -         85,814
Net earnings (loss).....................................................     159,170       (20,636)           -        138,534
Total assets............................................................  $2,752,402       $30,977           $-     $2,783,379

1997
                                                                                                                        Total
(Amounts in thousands)                                                   Circuit City        Divx     Elimination    Segments
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Revenues from external customers........................................  $7,153,562           $ -           $-     $7,153,562
Interest expense........................................................      23,503             -            -         23,503
Depreciation and amortization...........................................      97,006           307            -         97,313
Earnings (loss) before income taxes.....................................     248,567       (12,614)           -        235,953
Provision for income taxes (income tax benefit).........................      95,014        (4,793)           -         90,221
Net earnings (loss).....................................................     153,553        (7,821)           -        145,732
Total assets............................................................  $2,699,907        $4,692           $-     $2,704,599
</TABLE>

Net earnings  (loss) and total  assets for Circuit City exclude the  Inter-Group
Interest in the CarMax Group.

                                       62

     The market and credit risks  associated  with these interest rate swaps are
similar to those relating to other types of financial  instruments.  Market risk
is the  exposure  created by  potential  fluctuations  in interest  rates and is
directly  related to the product type,  agreement terms and transaction  volume.
The Company does not anticipate  significant market risk from swaps, since their
use is to more closely  match  funding  costs to the use of the funding.  Credit
risk is the exposure to nonperformance of another party to an agreement.  Credit
risk is mitigated by dealing with highly rated counterparties.

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
(A)  INVESTMENT IN DIVX: In May 1995, the Company agreed to invest $30.0 million
in Divx, a  partnership  that has  developed and is marketing a new home digital
video system. That commitment was increased to $130.0 million in September 1997.
Although that commitment was fulfilled during fiscal 1999, the Company continues
to fund the  operations  of Divx as  management  continues  to  explore  various
financing options.  As of February 28, 1999, the Company owned  approximately 75
percent of the  partnership.  The Company has been  allocated 100 percent of the
losses since  inception.  The Company  allocates  its  investment in Divx to the
Circuit  City  Group.   As  of  February  28,  1999,   the  Company  had  funded
approximately $207 million for the operations of Divx.

(B) LICENSING AGREEMENTS: Divx has entered into licensing agreements with motion
picture  distributors for use of their feature-length films for the Divx system.
The Company guarantees Divx's performance under these commitments. The licensing
fees are based on varying percentages of consumer viewing and wholesale receipts
and require  minimum  distributor  compensation  commencing from the operational
date of each agreement  through the following one to five years.  As of February
28, 1999, the minimum  compensation  due from Divx to the distributors is $101.0
million  ($26.0  million in fiscal 2000,  $32.0  million in fiscal  2001,  $20.5
million in fiscal 2002,  $14.5 million in fiscal 2003 and $8.0 million in fiscal
2004).

(C) LEGAL PROCEEDINGS: In the normal course of business, the Company is involved
in various legal proceedings.  Based upon the Circuit City Group's evaluation of
the  information  presently  available,  management  believes  that the ultimate
resolution of any such  proceedings  will not have a material  adverse effect on
the Circuit City Group's financial position, liquidity or results of operations.

16. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
(Amounts in thousands     First Quarter        Second Quarter        Third Quarter         Fourth Quarter             Year
except per share data)   1999       1998      1999       1998       1999      1998        1999       1998        1999      1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net sales and operating
   revenues..........$1,924,727 $1,679,350 $2,117,123 $1,814,139 $2,266,956 $1,917,133 $3,029,343 $2,585,969 $9,338,149 $7,996,591
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross profit.........  $464,618   $401,649   $525,470   $453,559   $552,345   $466,396   $730,320   $648,553 $2,272,753 $1,970,157
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings before Inter-Group
   Interest in the CarMax
   Group.............   $15,748    $13,697    $34,427    $29,226    $21,575    $21,078    $94,688    $74,533   $166,438   $138,534
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings.........   $13,269    $12,749    $32,147    $27,879    $15,945    $14,012    $87,020    $57,434   $148,381   $112,074
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings per share:
   Basic.............     $0.13      $0.13      $0.32      $0.28      $0.16      $0.14      $0.87      $0.58      $1.50      $1.14
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Diluted...........     $0.13      $0.13      $0.32      $0.28      $0.16      $0.14      $0.86      $0.58      $1.48      $1.13
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Circuit City Stores, Inc.:
We have audited the  accompanying  balance  sheets of the Circuit City Group (as
defined in Note 1) as of February  28, 1999 and 1998 and the related  statements
of  earnings,  group  equity and cash flows for each of the fiscal  years in the
three-year  period ended February 28, 1999.  These financial  statements are the
responsibility of Circuit City Stores, Inc.'s management.  Our responsibility is
to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
     As more fully discussed in Note 1, the financial  statements of the Circuit
City  Group  should  be read in  conjunction  with  the  consolidated  financial
statements  of Circuit City  Stores,  Inc. and  subsidiaries  and the  financial
statements of the CarMax Group.
     The Circuit City Group has  accounted  for its interest in the CarMax Group
in a manner  similar  to the equity  method of  accounting.  Generally  accepted
accounting  principles  require that the CarMax Group be  consolidated  with the
Circuit City Group.
     In our  opinion,  except for the effects of not  consolidating  the Circuit
City Group and the CarMax  Group as discussed in the  preceding  paragraph,  the
financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects,
the  financial  position of the Circuit  City Group as of February  28, 1999 and
1998 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the fiscal
years in the  three-year  period  ended  February  28, 1999 in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/KPMG LLP
Richmond, Virginia
April 2, 1999

                                    63
<PAGE>

CARMAX GROUP MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

On January 24, 1997,  shareholders  of Circuit City  Stores,  Inc.  approved the
creation of two common stock  series.  The Company's  existing  common stock was
subsequently redesignated as Circuit City Stores, Inc.-Circuit City Group Common
Stock. In an initial public offering,  which was completed February 7, 1997, the
Company sold 21.86  million  shares of Circuit City  Stores,  Inc.-CarMax  Group
Common Stock.
     The Circuit City Group Common Stock is intended to track the performance of
the Circuit City store-related  operations,  the Company's investment in Digital
Video Express and the Group's retained interest in the CarMax Group. The effects
of this retained interest on the Circuit City Group's  financial  statements are
identified by the term "Inter-Group."
     The CarMax Group Common Stock is intended to track the  performance  of the
CarMax operations. The Inter-Group Interest is not considered outstanding CarMax
Group stock.  Therefore,  any net earnings or loss attributed to the Inter-Group
Interest is not included in the CarMax Group's per share calculations.

The following  discussion  and analysis  relates to the CarMax  Group.  Reported
losses  attributed  to the CarMax Group  Common  Stock  reflect the Circuit City
Group's  100  percent  interest  prior to the  consummation  of the  offering on
February  7, 1997,  and the lower  Inter-Group  Interest  since  that time.  For
additional  information,  refer to the "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Results of Operations and Financial Condition" for Circuit City Stores, Inc. and
for the Circuit City Group.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Sales Growth
Total sales for the CarMax  Group  increased  68 percent in fiscal 1999 to $1.47
billion. In fiscal 1998, total sales increased 71 percent to $874.2 million from
$510.3 million in fiscal 1997.  The fiscal 1999 total sales growth  reflects the
addition of 12  locations,  three of which opened in the last week of the fiscal
year, and a 2 percent decrease in comparable store sales.
     CarMax  opened  10  used-car   superstores   in  fiscal  1999.   The  Group
grand-opened  the Chicago,  Ill.,  market with three stores that opened early in
fiscal 1999 and one that opened late in fiscal 1998.  The Group also entered San
Antonio,  Texas;  and  Greenville,  S.C.;  and added  stores in the  Washington,
D.C./Baltimore,  Md.; Tampa, Fla.; and Dallas/Ft.  Worth,  Texas,  markets.  The
Group also acquired franchise rights or was awarded new franchise points for six
new-car stores,  including the nine-franchise Mauro Auto Mall in Kenosha,  Wisc.
In November 1998, CarMax acquired the Toyota franchise rights and related assets
held by Laurel Automotive,  Inc. in Laurel, Md. That franchise is being operated
from its existing location until a new location is completed next to the Laurel,
Md., superstore.  In November,  Mitsubishi Motor Sales of America granted CarMax
two new-car  franchise  points.  These franchise points were integrated into the
Laurel,  Md., and the Dulles,  Va.,  locations.  CarMax  acquired the  franchise
rights and related  assets of Mauro Auto Mall,  Inc. in early  December 1998 and
renamed it the CarMax Auto Mall. In February 1999, CarMax acquired the franchise
rights and related assets held by Nissan of  Greenville,  Inc. The franchise was
integrated  into the  Greenville  superstore  which  opened late that month.  In
February 1999, CarMax also acquired the Mitsubishi  franchise rights and related
assets of Boomershine  Automotive,  Inc. CarMax  relocated this franchise to its
Town Center superstore in the Atlanta, Ga., market.
     CarMax's  fiscal 1999  comparable  store sales reflect  used-car sales that
were below  expectations and continued  strength in CarMax's new-car  comparable
store sales. The  disappointing  used-car sales resulted from an intensely price
competitive new-car industry,  with which CarMax must compete,  and insufficient
customer  traffic in a number of  multi-store  metropolitan  markets.  CarMax is
producing  strong  store-level  returns  in  single-store  markets  and  in  the
multi-store Atlanta, Ga., and Washington, D.C./Baltimore, Md., markets.
     In larger,  metropolitan markets,  CarMax has begun testing a hub/satellite
operating  process.  Under the hub/satellite  process,  a satellite store shares
reconditioning,  purchasing  and business  office  operations  with a nearby hub
store.  The consumer  offer is identical in both the hub and  satellite  stores.
This process  significantly  reduced  overhead and operating  costs for existing
stores that were  designated  as  satellite  stores in fiscal  1999.  Management
believes  this  operating  concept  will allow it to  efficiently  open more but
smaller  stores in  metropolitan  markets.  Prototypical  satellite  stores  are
expected to be  approximately  12,000  square  feet on four- to six-acre  sites.
CarMax opened one  prototypical  satellite  store late in fiscal 1999. All other
fiscal 1999 satellite  stores are larger stores and are therefore  classified by
size, with "C" stores  representing the largest store format, in the "Store Mix"
table below. Going forward,  management expects primarily to open smaller format
"A" stores and satellite stores.
<PAGE>

STORE MIX

                                 Retail Units at Year-End
                                 ------------------------

Fiscal                        1999   1998   1997  1996   1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------

"C" and "B" Stores............ 12     10     4      1      -
"A" Store..................... 15      8     3      3      2
Prototype Satellite Store.....  1      -     -      -      -
Stand-Alone New-Car Store.....  2      -     -      -      -
                               -----------------------------
Total......................... 30     18     7      4      2

 In fiscal 1999, two locations were reclassed from "B" stores to "A" stores.

FRANCHISES

                                     New-Car Franchises
                              -------------------------------

Fiscal                        1999   1998   1997  1996   1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Integrated New-Car Franchise..  6      2     1      -      -
Stand-Alone New-Car Franchise. 10      -     -      -      -
                               -----------------------------
Total......................... 16      2     1      -      -
                               -----------------------------

     CarMax's  fiscal 1998 sales growth  reflects the addition of 11  locations,
two of which  opened  in the  last  week of the  fiscal  year,  and a 6  percent
comparable store sales increase.  The Group's used-car sales began to fall below
management's  expectations  during the second half of fiscal 1998. New-car sales
remained strong

                                       64

throughout  that  fiscal  year.  In  June  1997,   CarMax  acquired  its  second
Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep  franchise, which was relocated and opened in conjunction
with the opening of the CarMax superstore in Stockbridge, Ga.
     The fiscal 1997 sales growth includes the addition of three stores and a 23
percent  comparable  store sales  increase for the two  locations  classified as
comparable  stores  throughout  the year  and the two  locations  classified  as
comparable stores for a portion of the year.
     Extended  warranty sales prior to July 1997 include  third-party  contracts
and CarMax's  own  extended  warranty  contracts.  In most states,  CarMax sells
warranties  on  behalf  of an  unrelated  third  party  and  has no  contractual
liability  to  the  customer  under  the  warranty  programs.  In  states  where
third-party  warranty sales are not permitted,  CarMax has sold its own extended
warranty.  CarMax  expects to continue  selling  this  warranty  where state law
restricts  third-party  warranty  sales.  Gross  dollar  sales from all extended
warranty  programs  were 4.3 percent of the Group's  total sales in fiscal 1999,
3.8  percent in fiscal  1998 and 3.5  percent in fiscal  1997.  The fiscal  1999
increase reflects pricing  adjustments and a higher penetration rate achieved by
extending  warranty coverage to more vehicles.  Total extended warranty revenue,
which is reported in the Group's total sales,  was 2.0 percent of total sales in
fiscal  1999,  1.5  percent  in fiscal  1998 and 1.2  percent  in  fiscal  1997.
Third-party  extended  warranty revenue was 1.9 percent of total sales in fiscal
1999, 1.4 percent in fiscal 1998 and 1.1 percent in fiscal 1997.

IMPACT OF INFLATION.  Inflation has not been a  significant  contributor  to the
Group's results. The Group's  profitability is based on achieving specific gross
profit  dollars  per unit  rather  than on average  retail  prices.  Because the
wholesale  market generally  adjusts to reflect retail price trends,  management
believes  that if the stores meet  inventory  turn  objectives  then  changes in
average  retail  prices will have only a short-term  impact on the Group's gross
margin and thus profitability.

Cost of Sales
The CarMax marketing  concept  includes a strong  commitment to providing a high
level of consumer value.  CarMax generally prices its used vehicles below retail
book value.  New vehicles are priced to be competitive with the lowest available
price in the  market.  As a result,  CarMax  operates  with lower  gross  profit
margins than  industry  averages.  The gross  profit  margin was 11.7 percent in
fiscal  1999,  8.4 percent in fiscal 1998 and 8.5  percent in fiscal  1997.  The
fiscal  1999  gross  profit  margin  increase  reflects  the  impact of a profit
improvement  plan  that was  initiated  at the end of  fiscal  1998  and  better
used-car  inventory  management.   The  profit  improvement  plan  included  the
elimination of centralized reconditioning,  a variety of pricing adjustments and
the introduction of electronic  accessory sales.  Cost of sales includes vehicle
costs, reconditioning costs, transportation and related purchasing costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  were 13.9  percent of sales in
fiscal  1999,  14.6 percent of sales in fiscal 1998 and 10.4 percent of sales in
fiscal 1997. The fiscal 1999 selling,  general and administrative  expense ratio
reflects the costs  associated with the expansion of CarMax  superstores and the
below-plan  sales in a number of multi-store  metropolitan  markets.  Management
believes  that sales  generated by the addition of satellite  stores and new-car
franchises to these underperforming  markets and the lower operating cost of the
satellite stores will help improve the expense ratio.
     The fiscal 1998 selling, general and administrative expense ratio primarily
reflects   the   costs    associated    with   the   CarMax    expansion,    the
lower-than-anticipated  sales  during the second  half of that year and an $11.5
million  write-down  of assets  associated  with the closure and disposal of the
Group's  centralized  reconditioning  facilities  and  excess  property  at some
locations.  Excluding  the  write-down  of  assets,  the  selling,  general  and
administrative  expense  ratio  would have been 13.3  percent of sales in fiscal
1998.
     Profits  generated  by CarMax's  finance  operation  and fees  received for
arranging  financing  through  third  parties are  recorded  as a  reduction  to
selling, general and administrative expenses.

Interest Expense
Interest  expense was 0.4 percent of sales in fiscal 1999,  0.2 percent of sales
in fiscal  1998 and 1.2  percent  of sales in fiscal  1997.  In fiscal  1999 and
fiscal 1997,  interest expense  primarily was incurred on allocated debt to fund
store expansion and working capital.  In fiscal 1998, interest expense primarily
was incurred on an  inter-group  note used to finance  inventory for much of the
year.  The  significant  decrease  in  interest  from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998
reflects the reduction in the Group's  average debt,  using funds raised through
the CarMax equity offering, which was completed late in fiscal 1997.

Pretax Losses
The CarMax Group  produced a pretax loss of $38.5  million in fiscal  1999.  The
fiscal  1999  loss   exceeded   management's   expectations   and  reflects  the
underperformance  of  stores,  especially  in several  multi-store  metropolitan
markets.  The  fiscal  1998  pretax  loss,  which  includes  the  $11.5  million
write-down of assets,  was $56.1 million.  Excluding the write-down,  the fiscal
1998  pretax  loss was $44.6  million.  The fiscal  1997  pretax  loss was $15.9
million.

Income Taxes
The Group's  effective income tax rate was 39.0 percent in fiscal years 1999 and
1998  compared  with 41.5  percent in fiscal 1997.  The CarMax  Group  generated
losses in all reported  periods and as a result has recorded  related income tax
benefits.

Net Losses
The fiscal 1999 net loss was $23.5 million.  Including the write-down of assets,
the  fiscal  1998  net loss was  $34.2  million.  Excluding  the  impact  of the
write-down of assets,  the net loss was $27.2 million.  The fiscal 1997 net loss
was $9.3 million.
     The net loss  attributed to the CarMax Group Common Stock was $5.5 million,
or 24 cents per share, in fiscal 1999,  compared with $7.8 million,  or 35 cents
per share,  in fiscal  1998.  In fiscal  1997,  for the  period  from the public
offering  date to the end of the fiscal  year,  the net loss  attributed  to the
CarMax Group Common Stock was $266,000, or 1 cent per share.

                                       65

Operations Outlook
Late in fiscal 1999,  management  announced  that it would delay  CarMax's entry
into  the  Los  Angeles   market  until  fiscal  2001  and  focus  on  improving
profitability in existing markets.  The single-store  Nashville,  Tenn.,  market
will likely be the Group's only new market in fiscal 2000. Instead,  the company
expects to add satellite  stores and new-car  franchises into existing  markets.
CarMax also  continues  to refine its  marketing  programs to increase  consumer
awareness and build customer traffic for all locations,  but especially those in
the  underperforming  markets.  Management  believes the fiscal 2000 growth plan
will allow CarMax to produce a modest loss or reach  break-even  in fiscal 2000.
In the following  year,  CarMax  expects to enter the Los Angeles  market with a
combination of its current "A" format stores and satellite stores.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Refer to the "Circuit City Stores, Inc. Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Results of Operations and Financial Condition" for a review of recent accounting
pronouncements.

FINANCIAL CONDITION
Net cash used in operating  activities  was $82.0 million in fiscal 1999,  $86.1
million in fiscal 1998 and $25.4  million in fiscal  1997.  The net cash used in
operations primarily reflects inventory to support store openings and additional
new-car  franchises,  net losses for all periods and an increase in net accounts
receivable, partly offset by an increase in accounts payable.
     Most financial activities, including the investment of surplus cash and the
issuance and repayment of  short-term  and  long-term  debt,  are managed by the
Company on a  centralized  basis.  Investment  of  surplus  cash from the equity
offering has been  allocated to the CarMax Group.  Allocated  debt of the CarMax
Group  consists of (1) Company  debt,  if any,  that has been  allocated  in its
entirety  to the CarMax  Group and (2) a portion of the  Company's  debt that is
allocated  between the Circuit City Group and the CarMax Group. This pooled debt
bears  interest at a rate based on the average  pooled  debt  balance.  Expenses
related to  increases  in pooled  debt are  reflected  in the  weighted  average
interest rate of the pooled debt.
     In addition to the  allocation  of cash and debt,  interest-bearing  loans,
with terms determined by the board of directors, are used to manage cash between
the Groups. These loans are reflected as inter-group  receivables or payables on
the financial  statements of each Group. During fiscal 1998, an inter-group note
was  issued  by the  Circuit  City  Group on  behalf  of the  CarMax  Group as a
temporary  financing vehicle for the CarMax  inventory.  At fiscal year-end 1999
and 1998,  the  CarMax  Group  maintained  no  inter-group  notes,  payables  or
receivables  with the Circuit City Group. At February 28, 1997, the CarMax Group
had an  inter-group  receivable  totaling  $48.1  million  with the Circuit City
Group.
     The CarMax Group's capital expenditures were $138.3 million in fiscal 1999,
$234.3 million in fiscal 1998 and $90.4 million in fiscal 1997. CarMax's capital
expenditures  through  fiscal  1999 were  related  to store  expansion.  Capital
expenditures  have been funded  through  sale-leaseback  transactions,  landlord
reimbursements,  proceeds  from the CarMax Group equity  offering and  allocated
short-  and   long-term   debt.   Sale-leaseback   and  landlord   reimbursement
transactions totaled $139.3 million in fiscal 1999, $98.1 million in fiscal 1998
and $16.5 million in fiscal 1997.
     During fiscal 1999, the CarMax Group acquired the Toyota  franchise  rights
and the related assets of Laurel  Automotive  Group,  Inc.; the franchise rights
and the related assets of Mauro Auto Mall,  Inc.;  the franchise  rights and the
related  assets of Nissan of  Greenville,  Inc.;  and the  Mitsubishi  franchise
rights and the related  assets of  Boomershine  Automotive,  Inc. for a total of
$49.6 million.  The acquisitions  were financed  through cash payments  totaling
$41.6 million and the issuance of two  promissory  notes  totaling $8.0 million.
Costs in  excess of the  acquired  net  tangible  assets,  which  are  primarily
inventory, have been recorded as goodwill and covenants not to compete.
     In fiscal 1996, Circuit City Stores, Inc. initiated an asset securitization
program on behalf of the CarMax Group.  At the end of fiscal 1999,  that program
allowed  the  transfer  of up to $575.0  million  in auto loan  receivables.  At
February  28,  1999,   securitized   receivables  totaled  $539.0  million.  The
receivables are sold to an unaffiliated third party with the servicing retained.
Management expects that  securitization  programs that allow for the transfer of
receivables through both private placement and the public market, can be used to
fund increases in receivables resulting from CarMax's continued growth.
     In fiscal 1999,  CarMax entered into a $200.0 million  one-year,  renewable
inventory financing  arrangement with an asset-backed  commercial paper conduit.
The  arrangement  provides  funding  for the  acquisition  of vehicle  inventory
through the use of a non-affiliated  special purpose company. As of February 28,
1999,  CarMax  had not yet  used the  financing  facility;  however,  management
expects  the  facility  to be phased  in during  fiscal  2000 as  various  state
regulatory requirements are met.
     Late in fiscal  1997,  Circuit  City  Stores,  Inc.  raised a net of $412.3
million  through the initial  public  offering of 21.86 million  shares of newly
created CarMax Group Common Stock. In fiscal 1997, the Group used  approximately
$187 million of the net proceeds to repay its allocated  portion of Circuit City
Stores, Inc. indebtedness. Management has used the remainder of the net proceeds
to help finance the CarMax expansion.
     Management  believes that the proceeds from sales of property and equipment
and receivables,  equity issuances, the use of the renewable inventory financing
facility,  future  increases in Circuit City Stores,  Inc. debt allocated to the
CarMax Group and cash  generated by  operations  will be  sufficient to fund the
CarMax Group's capital  expenditures  and operations.  In fiscal 2000, the Group
anticipates capital expenditures of approximately $50.0 million.

                                       66

MARKET RISK
The  Company  manages the auto  installment  portfolio  of the  Group's  finance
operation.  A portion of this portfolio is securitized  and,  therefore,  is not
presented on the Group's balance sheet. Interest rate exposure relating to these
receivables  represents a market risk exposure that the Company has managed with
matched  funding  and  interest  rate swaps.  Total  principal  outstanding  for
fixed-rate automobile loans at February 28 was as follows:

(Amounts in millions)                      1999          1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Fixed APR.................................  $592         $297
                                            -----------------

     Financing  for  these   receivables   is  achieved   through  bank  conduit
securitizations  that, in turn, issue  floating-rate  securities.  Interest rate
exposure is hedged  through the use of interest  rate swaps matched to projected
payoffs.  Receivables  held by the Company for  investment  or sale are financed
with working capital.  Financings at February 28 and related interest rates were
as follows:

(Amounts in millions)                      1999          1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Floating-rate securitizations
   synthetically altered to fixed.........  $500         $224
Floating-rate securitizations.............    39           44
Held by the Company:
   For investment.........................    38           23
   For sale...............................    15            6
                                            -----------------
Total.....................................  $592         $297
                                            -----------------

     The Company has analyzed its interest rate exposure and has concluded  that
it did not  represent  a material  market  risk at  February  28,  1999 or 1998.
Because it has a program in place to manage  interest rate exposure  relating to
its  installment  loan portfolio,  the Company expects to experience  relatively
little impact as interest rates fluctuate in the future.

YEAR 2000 CONVERSION
Refer to the "Circuit City Stores, Inc. Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Results of Operations and Financial Condition" for a discussion of the Year 2000
issue and its impact on the Group's financial statements.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Company  statements that are not historical  facts,  including  statements about
management's  expectations for fiscal year 2000 and beyond, are  forward-looking
statements and involve  various risks and  uncertainties.  Refer to the "Circuit
City Stores, Inc. Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations
and Financial Condition" for a review of possible risks and uncertainties.

                                       67

CARMAX GROUP STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
                                                                                       Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands except per share data)                         1999        %        1998        %        1997        %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


NET SALES AND OPERATING REVENUES.................................$1,466,298    100.0    $874,206    100.0    $510,249    100.0

Cost of sales.................................................... 1,294,032     88.3     800,699     91.6     466,788     91.5
                                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------
GROSS PROFIT.....................................................   172,266     11.7      73,507      8.4      43,461      8.5
                                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------
Selling, general and administrative expenses
   [including $11.5 million expense related to owned
   and leased real estate in fiscal 1998. NOTES 3 AND 13]........   204,422     13.9     127,822     14.6      53,111     10.4
Interest expense [NOTES 3 AND 7].................................     6,393      0.4       1,789      0.2       6,279      1.2
                                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL EXPENSES...................................................   210,815     14.3     129,611     14.8      59,390     11.6
                                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------
Loss before income tax benefit...................................    38,549      2.6      56,104      6.4      15,929      3.1
Income tax benefit [NOTES 3 AND 8]...............................    15,035      1.0      21,881      2.5       6,611      1.3
                                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------
NET LOSS.........................................................   $23,514      1.6     $34,223      3.9      $9,318      1.8
                                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------
Net loss attributed to [NOTE 1]:
   Circuit City Group common stock...............................   $18,057              $26,460               $9,052
   CarMax Group common stock.....................................     5,457                7,763                  266
                                                                 ----------              -------               ------
                                                                    $23,514              $34,223               $9,318
                                                                 ----------              -------               ------
Weighted average common shares [NOTES 2 AND 10]..................    22,604               22,001               21,860
                                                                 ----------              -------               ------
NET LOSS PER SHARE [NOTES 2 AND 10]..............................     $0.24                $0.35                $0.01
                                                                 ----------              -------               ------
See accompanying notes to group financial statements.

                                       68
<PAGE>

CARMAX GROUP BALANCE SHEETS

                                                                                                        At February 28
(Amounts in thousands)                                                                           1999                   1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ASSETS

   CURRENT ASSETS:

   Cash and cash equivalents..................................................................  $17,679                $26,412
   Net accounts receivable [NOTE 5]...........................................................   97,364                 60,866
   Inventory..................................................................................  225,460                143,970
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets..................................................      620                  1,359
                                                                                               -------------------------------
   TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.......................................................................  341,123                232,607

   Property and equipment, net [NOTES 6 AND 7]................................................  203,946                214,087
   Other assets...............................................................................   26,129                  1,628
                                                                                               -------------------------------
   TOTAL ASSETS............................................................................... $571,198               $448,322
                                                                                               -------------------------------

LIABILITIES AND GROUP EQUITY

   CURRENT LIABILITIES:

   Current installments of long-term debt [NOTE 7]............................................   $1,250                     $-
   Accounts payable...........................................................................   59,838                 51,220
   Short-term debt [NOTE 7]...................................................................    4,605                    385
   Accrued expenses and other current liabilities.............................................    8,556                  3,604
   Deferred income taxes [NOTE 8].............................................................    7,674                    370
                                                                                               -------------------------------
   TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES..................................................................   81,923                 55,579

   Long-term debt, excluding current installments [NOTE 7]....................................  139,720                 27,386
   Deferred revenue and other liabilities.....................................................    5,015                  5,266
   Deferred income taxes [NOTE 8].............................................................    4,125                    145
                                                                                               -------------------------------
   TOTAL LIABILITIES..........................................................................  230,783                 88,376

   GROUP EQUITY...............................................................................  340,415                359,946
                                                                                               -------------------------------
   Commitments and contingent liabilities [NOTES 1, 5, 11, 12, 14 AND 15]

   TOTAL LIABILITIES AND GROUP EQUITY......................................................... $571,198               $448,322
                                                                                               -------------------------------

See accompanying notes to group financial statements.

                                       69
<PAGE>

CARMAX GROUP STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                                          Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands)                                                         1999                1998                1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

   Net loss................................................................  $(23,514)           $(34,223)            $(9,318)
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization........................................    10,003               4,577               1,664
      Expense related to owned and leased real estate [NOTE 13]............         -              11,500                   -
      Provision for deferred income taxes..................................    11,284              (1,867)              1,666
      Changes in operating assets and liabilities,  net of effects
         from business acquisitions:
         (Decrease) increase in deferred revenue and other liabilities.....      (251)                835               1,157
         Increase in net accounts receivable...............................   (36,498)            (32,516)            (11,788)
         Increase in inventory, prepaid expenses and other current assets..   (55,776)            (58,967)            (23,918)
         (Increase) decrease in other assets...............................      (809)                 63              (1,691)
         Increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and
            other current liabilities......................................    13,570              24,472              16,789
                                                                              -----------------------------------------------
   NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES...................................   (81,991)            (86,126)            (25,439)
                                                                              -----------------------------------------------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

   Cash used in business acquisitions [NOTE 4].............................   (41,562)                  -                   -
   Purchases of property and equipment.....................................  (138,299)           (234,252)            (90,428)
   Proceeds from sales of property and equipment...........................   139,332              98,098              16,450
   Decrease (increase) in inter-group receivable, net......................         -              48,147             (48,147)
                                                                              -----------------------------------------------
   NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES...................................   (40,529)            (88,007)           (122,125)
                                                                              -----------------------------------------------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

   Increase (decrease) in allocated short-term debt, net...................     1,220                 385             (18,050)
   Increase (decrease) in allocated long-term debt, net....................   108,584              27,386             (78,519)
   Equity issuances, net...................................................     3,983               2,353             412,335
                                                                              -----------------------------------------------
   NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES...............................   113,787              30,124             315,766
                                                                              -----------------------------------------------
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents...........................    (8,733)           (144,009)            168,202
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.............................    26,412             170,421               2,219
                                                                              -----------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year...................................   $17,679             $26,412            $170,421
                                                                              -----------------------------------------------

See accompanying notes to group financial statements.

                                       70

CARMAX GROUP STATEMENTS OF GROUP EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(Amounts in thousands)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


BALANCE AT MARCH 1, 1996............................................................................................ $(11,201)
                                                                                                                     --------
   Net loss.........................................................................................................   (9,318)
   Equity issuances, net............................................................................................  412,335
                                                                                                                     --------
BALANCE AT FEBRUARY 28, 1997........................................................................................  391,816
                                                                                                                     --------
   Net loss.........................................................................................................  (34,223)
   Equity issuances, net............................................................................................    2,353
                                                                                                                     --------
BALANCE AT FEBRUARY 28, 1998........................................................................................  359,946
                                                                                                                     --------
   Net loss.........................................................................................................  (23,514)
   Equity issuances, net............................................................................................    3,983
                                                                                                                     --------
BALANCE AT FEBRUARY 28, 1999........................................................................................ $340,415
                                                                                                                     --------

See accompanying notes to group financial statements.
</TABLE>

                                       71
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CARMAX GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
On  January  24,  1997,  shareholders  of  Circuit  City  Stores,  Inc.  and its
subsidiaries  approved the creation of two common stock  series.  The  Company's
existing  common  stock was  subsequently  redesignated  as Circuit City Stores,
Inc.-Circuit  City Group Common Stock. In an initial public offering,  which was
completed  February 7, 1997,  the Company sold 21.86  million  shares of Circuit
City Stores, Inc.-CarMax Group Common Stock.
     The Circuit City Group Common Stock is intended to track the performance of
the Circuit City store-related  operations,  the Company's investment in Digital
Video Express and the Group's retained interest in the CarMax Group. The effects
of this retained interest on the Circuit City Group's  financial  statements are
identified by the term  "Inter-Group." The CarMax Group Common Stock is intended
to track the performance of the CarMax operations.  The Inter-Group  Interest is
not considered  outstanding  CarMax Stock.  Therefore,  any net earnings or loss
attributed to the Inter-Group Interest is not included in the CarMax Group's per
share  calculations.  The Circuit City Group held a 76.6 percent interest in the
CarMax Group at February 28, 1999,  77.3 percent  interest at February 28, 1998,
and a 77.5 percent interest at February 28, 1997.
     The CarMax Group  financial  statements  give effect to the  management and
allocation  policies  adopted  by the  board of  directors  as  described  under
"Corporate Activities." The CarMax Group financial statements have been prepared
on a basis that management believes to be reasonable and appropriate and include
(i) the historical  financial position,  results of operations and cash flows of
the CarMax Group,  (ii) an allocated  portion of the Company's cash  equivalents
and debt,  including  the related  effects upon results of  operations  and cash
flows,  and (iii) an allocated  portion of the Company's  corporate  general and
administrative costs.
     Notwithstanding  the  attribution of the Company's  assets and  liabilities
(including  contingent  liabilities) and stockholders' equity between the CarMax
Group and the Circuit City Group for the purposes of preparing their  respective
financial statements,  holders of CarMax Stock and holders of Circuit City Stock
are  shareholders  of the Company and continue to be subject to all of the risks
associated with an investment in the Company and all of its  businesses,  assets
and liabilities.  Such attribution and the change in the equity structure of the
Company  does  not  affect  title  to  the  assets  or  responsibility  for  the
liabilities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The results of operations
or financial  condition of one Group could affect the results of  operations  or
financial condition of the other Group. Accordingly,  the CarMax Group financial
statements  included  herein  should be read in  conjunction  with the Company's
consolidated   financial   statements  and  the  Circuit  City  Group  financial
statements.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(A) CASH AND CASH  EQUIVALENTS:  Allocated  cash  equivalents  of $14,750,000 at
February  28, 1999,  and  $16,535,000  at February  28, 1998,  consist of highly
liquid debt securities with original maturities of three months or less.

(B) TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL  ASSETS:  The Company adopted Statement
of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 125,  "Accounting  for  Transfers  and
Servicing of Financial Assets and  Extinguishments  of  Liabilities,"  effective
January 1, 1997.  For transfers  that qualify as sales,  the Company  recognizes
gains  or  losses  as a  component  of the  Company's  finance  operations.  For
transfers of financial assets to qualify for sale  accounting,  control over the
assets must be surrendered at the time of sale.  Multiple  estimates are used to
calculate the gain or loss on sales of receivables  under SFAS No. 125.  Finance
charge income,  default rates and payment rates are estimated using  projections
developed  from the prior 12 months of operating  history.  These  estimates are
adjusted  for any  industry or  portfolio  trends that have been  observed.  The
resulting  cash  flow   projections  are  present  valued  at  a  discount  rate
appropriate for the type of asset and risk. Retained interests (such as residual
interests in a securitization  trust, cash reserve accounts and rights to future
interest  from serviced  assets that exceed  contractually  specified  servicing
fees) are included in net accounts receivable and are carried at fair value with
changes in fair value reflected in earnings.  Loan receivables held for sale are
carried  at the  lower of cost or  market,  whereas  loan  receivables  held for
investment  are carried at cost less an  allowance  for losses.  At February 28,
1999 and 1998, cost approximates fair value.

(C) FAIR VALUE OF  FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS:  The Company  enters  into  financial
instruments  on behalf of the CarMax  Group.  The  carrying  value of the CarMax
Group's  financial  instruments  approximates  fair  value.  Credit  risk is the
exposure  to the  potential  nonperformance  of  another  material  party  to an
agreement  due to changes in  economic,  industry or  geographic  factors and is
mitigated by dealing only with  counterparties  that are highly rated by several
financial  rating  agencies.  Accordingly,  the CarMax Group does not anticipate
material  loss  for  nonperformance.   All  financial  instruments  are  broadly
diversified along industry, product and geographic areas.

(D)  INVENTORY:  Inventory  is stated at the  lower of cost or  market.  Vehicle
inventory cost is determined by specific identification. Parts and labor used to
recondition  vehicles,  as well as transportation and other incremental expenses
associated with acquiring vehicles, are included in inventory.

(E)  PROPERTY  AND  EQUIPMENT:  Property  and  equipment  is stated at cost less
accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation is calculated  using the  straight-line
method over the assets' estimated useful lives.
<PAGE>

(F) COMPUTER  SOFTWARE  COSTS:  Effective March 1, 1998, the Company adopted the
American Institute of Certified Public  Accountants  Statement of Position 98-1,
"Accounting  for the  Costs of  Computer  Software  Developed  or  Obtained  for
Internal  Use."  Once the  capitalization  criteria  of the SOP have  been  met,
external  direct costs of  materials  and services  used in the  development  of
internal-use  software  and  payroll  and  payroll-related  costs for  employees
directly  involved in the development of internal-use  software are capitalized.
Amounts  capitalized  are  amortized on a  straight-line  basis over a period of
three to five years.

                                       72

(G)  INTANGIBLE  ASSETS:  Amounts paid for acquired  businesses in excess of the
fair value of the net tangible assets  acquired are recorded as goodwill,  which
is  amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over 15 years,  and  covenants  not to
compete,  which are  amortized  on a  straight-line  basis  over the life of the
covenant not to exceed five years.  Both  goodwill and  covenants not to compete
are included in other assets on the  accompanying  CarMax Group balance  sheets.
The carrying value of intangible assets is periodically  reviewed by the Company
and impairments are recognized when the expected future  undiscounted  operating
cash flows derived from such intangible assets are less than the carrying value.

(H) PRE-OPENING EXPENSES: Expenses associated with the opening of new stores are
deferred  and  amortized  ratably  over the  period  from the date of the  store
opening to the end of the fiscal year.

(I) INCOME TAXES:  Income taxes are  accounted  for in accordance  with SFAS No.
109,  "Accounting for Income Taxes." Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of
temporary  differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities  recognized
for  financial  reporting  purposes  and the amounts  recognized  for income tax
purposes,  measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. A deferred tax asset
is recognized if it is more likely than not that a benefit will be realized.

(J)  DEFERRED  REVENUE:  The CarMax Group sells  service  contracts on behalf of
unrelated  third parties and, prior to July 1997,  sold its own contracts at one
location where third-party warranty sales were not permitted.  Contracts usually
have terms of coverage  between 12 and 72 months.  All revenue  from the sale of
the CarMax Group's own service contracts is deferred and amortized over the life
of the  contracts  consistent  with the  pattern  of  repair  experience  of the
industry. Incremental direct costs related to the sale of contracts are deferred
and  charged to expense in  proportion  to the  revenue  recognized.  Commission
revenue for the  unrelated  third-party  service  contracts is recognized at the
time of sale.

(K) SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES: Operating profits generated by
the  finance  operation  are  recorded as a  reduction  to selling,  general and
administrative expenses.

(L) ADVERTISING EXPENSES: All advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

(M) NET LOSS PER SHARE:  On December 15, 1997, the Company adopted SFAS No. 128,
"Earnings  per Share." All prior period loss per share data  presented  has been
restated to conform with the  provisions  of SFAS No. 128.
     Net loss per share is  computed  by  dividing  the net loss  attributed  to
CarMax  Stock by the  weighted  average  number  of common  shares  outstanding.
Diluted net loss per share is not calculated since CarMax has a net loss for the
periods presented.

(N)  STOCK-BASED  COMPENSATION:  On March 1, 1996, the Company  adopted SFAS No.
123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation."  The  Company has elected to
continue applying the provisions of the Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No.
25,  "Accounting  For Stock Issued to  Employees,"  and to provide the pro forma
disclosures of SFAS No. 123.

(O) DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS: The Company enters into interest rate swap
agreements  to manage  exposure  to  interest  rates and to more  closely  match
funding costs to the use of funding.  Interest rate swaps  relating to long-term
debt are  classified  as held for purposes  other than trading and are accounted
for on a settlement  basis. To qualify for this accounting  treatment,  the swap
must  synthetically  alter  the  nature  of a  designated  underlying  financial
instrument.  Under this method,  payments or receipts due or owed under the swap
agreement are accrued  through each  settlement date and recorded as a component
of interest expense.  If a swap designated as a synthetic  alteration were to be
terminated, any gain or loss on the termination would be deferred and recognized
over the  shorter of the  original  contractual  life of the swap or the related
life of the designated long-term debt.
     The Company also enters into interest  rate swap  agreements as part of its
asset securitization  programs. Swaps entered into by a seller as part of a sale
of financial assets are considered  proceeds at fair value in the  determination
of the gain or loss on the sale. If such a swap were  terminated,  the impact on
the fair  value  of the  financial  asset  created  by the  sale of the  related
receivables would be estimated and included in earnings.

(P) RISKS AND  UNCERTAINTIES:  The CarMax  Group is a used- and  new-car  retail
business.  The diversity of the CarMax Group's  customers and suppliers  reduces
the risk that a severe impact will occur in the near term as a result of changes
in its customer base or sources of supply.  However,  due to the CarMax  Group's
limited overall size,  management cannot assure that  unanticipated  events will
not have a negative impact on the Group.

<PAGE>

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the reported amounts of assets,  liabilities,  revenues
and expenses and the  disclosure of contingent  assets and  liabilities.  Actual
results could differ from those estimates.

(Q) RECLASSIFICATIONS:  Certain amounts in prior years have been reclassified to
conform to classifications adopted in fiscal 1999.

3. CORPORATE ACTIVITIES
The  CarMax  Group's  financial   statements  reflect  the  application  of  the
management and allocation  policies adopted by the board of directors to various
corporate activities, as described below:

(A) FINANCIAL  ACTIVITIES:  Most financial activities are managed by the Company
on a centralized  basis.  Such  financial  activities  include the investment of
surplus cash and the issuance and  repayment of short-term  and long-term  debt.
Allocated invested surplus cash of the CarMax Group consists of (i) Company cash
equivalents,  if any, that have been  allocated in their  entirety to the CarMax
Group and (ii) a portion of the Company's  cash  equivalents  that are allocated
between  the  Groups.  Investment  of surplus  cash from the  offering  has been
allocated to the CarMax Group.  Allocated  debt of the CarMax Group  consists of
(i) Company debt, if any, that has been  allocated in its entirety to the CarMax
Group and (ii) a portion of the Company's  pooled debt,  which is debt allocated
between  the  Groups.  The  pooled  debt bears  interest  at a rate based on the
average  pooled debt balance.

                                       73

Expenses  related to  increases  in pooled debt are  reflected  in the  weighted
average interest rate of such pooled debt as a whole.

(B)  CORPORATE  GENERAL  AND   ADMINISTRATIVE   COSTS:   Corporate  general  and
administrative  costs and other shared services generally have been allocated to
the CarMax Group based upon  utilization  of such  services by the Group.  Where
determinations  based on utilization alone have been impractical,  other methods
and criteria  were used that  management  believes are  equitable  and provide a
reasonable  estimate of the costs  attributable to the Group. Costs allocated to
the CarMax  Group  totaled  approximately  $7.5  million for fiscal  1999,  $6.2
million for fiscal 1998 and $1.3 million for fiscal 1997.

(C) INCOME  TAXES:  The CarMax  Group is  included in the  consolidated  federal
income  tax  return  and in  certain  state tax  returns  filed by the  Company.
Accordingly,  the provision for federal income taxes and related payments of tax
are determined on a consolidated  basis. The financial  statement  provision and
the related tax  payments or refunds are  reflected  in each  Group's  financial
statements in  accordance  with the  Company's  tax  allocation  policy for such
Groups. In general, this policy provides that the consolidated tax provision and
related  tax  payments or refunds  will be  allocated  between the Groups  based
principally upon the financial income, taxable income, credits and other amounts
directly  related to the respective  Group.  Tax benefits that cannot be used by
the Group  generating  such  attributes,  but can be utilized on a  consolidated
basis, are allocated to the Group that generated such benefits. As a result, the
allocated  Group  amounts of taxes  payable or  refundable  are not  necessarily
comparable  to those that would have  resulted if the Groups had filed  separate
tax returns.

4. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS
During fiscal 1999,  CarMax acquired the franchise rights and the related assets
of four  new-car  dealerships  for an  aggregate  cost  of  $49.6  million.  The
acquisitions  were financed through available cash resources and the issuance of
two promissory notes aggregating $8.0 million. Costs in excess of the fair value
of the net tangible assets acquired (primarily  inventory) have been recorded as
goodwill and covenants not to compete.  These  acquisitions  were  accounted for
under the  purchase  method and the results of the  operations  of the  acquired
franchises  have  been  included  in the  accompanying  CarMax  Group  financial
statements  since  the date of  acquisition.  Unaudited  pro  forma  information
related  to  these   acquisitions  is  not  included  as  the  impact  of  these
acquisitions on the accompanying CarMax Group financial statements is not deemed
to be material.

5. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND SECURITIZATION TRANSACTIONS
Accounts receivable consist of the following at February 28:

(Amounts in thousands)                        1999     1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Trade receivables.........................   $23,649  $23,085
Installment receivables:
   Held for sale..........................    14,690    5,816
   Held for investment....................    38,093   22,986
   Retained interests.....................    26,145   12,762
                                             ----------------
Total accounts receivable.................   102,577   64,649
Less allowance for doubtful accounts......     5,213    3,783
                                             ----------------
Net accounts receivable...................   $97,364  $60,866
                                             ----------------
<PAGE>

     In fiscal 1996, the Company  entered into a  securitization  transaction on
behalf of the CarMax Group to finance the installment  receivables  generated by
the  Group's  finance  operation.  Proceeds  from the auto  loan  securitization
transaction  were $271 million during fiscal 1999 and $123 million during fiscal
1998.
     Receivables  relating  to  the  securitization   facility  consist  of  the
following at February 28:

(Amounts in thousands)                      1999      1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------

Managed receivables.....................  $589,032  $291,294
Receivables held by the CarMax Group:
   For sale.............................   (14,690)   (5,816)
   For investment*......................   (35,342)  (17,478)
                                          ------------------
Net receivables sold....................  $539,000  $268,000
                                          ------------------
Program capacity........................  $575,000  $300,000
                                          ------------------

*Held by a bankruptcy remote special purpose company

     The  finance  charges  from the  transferred  receivables  are used to fund
interest costs,  charge-offs and servicing fees. A restructuring of the facility
during fiscal 1997 resulted in the recourse provisions being eliminated.
     The net gain on sales of receivables  totaled $7.9 million for fiscal 1999,
$3.7 million for fiscal 1998 and $3.1 million for fiscal 1997.  Rights  recorded
for future interest  income from serviced  assets that exceed the  contractually
specified servicing fees are carried at fair value and amounted to $14.7 million
at February  28, 1999,  $6.8  million at February 28, 1998,  and $3.1 million at
February 28, 1997,  and are  included in net  accounts  receivable.  The finance
operation's servicing revenue, including gains on sales of receivables,  totaled
$28.2  million for fiscal 1999,  $11.2  million for fiscal 1998 and $8.7 million
for fiscal 1997.  The servicing  fee  specified in the auto loan  securitization
agreement  adequately  compensates  the  finance  operation  for  servicing  the
accounts. Accordingly, no servicing asset or liability has been recorded.
     In determining the fair value of retained interests,  the Company estimates
future cash flows from  finance  charge  collections,  reduced by net  defaults,
servicing  cost,  and interest cost.  The Company  employs a risk-based  pricing
strategy that increases the stated annual percentage rate for accounts that have

                                       74

a higher predicted risk of default.  Accounts with a lower risk profile also may
qualify for promotional financing.
     The APRs  range  from 6 percent to 12 percent  fixed,  with  default  rates
varying based on credit quality, but generally  aggregating 0.75 percent to 1.25
percent.  Weighted  average life of the  receivables is expected to be in the 18
month to 20 month range.
     Interest cost depends on the time at which accounts were originated, but is
in the range of 5 percent to 7 percent.

6. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment, at cost, at February 28 is summarized as follows:

(Amounts in thousands)                       1999      1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Land and buildings (20 to 25 years)......   $47,487   $34,790
Land held for development................    28,781    11,601
Construction in progress.................    76,355   139,225
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
   (3 to 8 years)........................    51,504    31,454
Leasehold improvements (10 to 15 years)..    15,658     4,390
                                           ------------------
                                            219,785   221,460
Less accumulated depreciation............    15,839     7,373
                                           ------------------
Property and equipment, net..............  $203,946  $214,087
                                           ------------------

     Land held for development is land owned for future sites that are scheduled
to open more than one year beyond the fiscal year reported.
<PAGE>

7. DEBT
Long-term debt of the Company at February 28 is summarized as follows:

(Amounts in thousands)                       1999      1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Term loans...............................  $405,000  $405,000
Industrial Development Revenue
   Bonds due through 2006 at various
   prime-based rates of interest
   ranging from 5.0% to 7.0%.............     6,564     7,665
Obligations under capital leases.........    12,728    12,928
Note payable.............................     5,000         -
                                           ------------------
Total long-term debt.....................   429,292   425,593
Less current installments................     2,707     1,301
                                           ------------------
Long-term debt, excluding
   current installments..................  $426,585  $424,292
                                           ------------------
Portion of long-term debt allocated
   to the CarMax Group...................  $140,970   $27,386
                                           ------------------

     In  July  1994,  the  Company  entered  into  a  seven-year,  $100,000,000,
unsecured  bank  term  loan.  The  loan was  restructured  in  August  1996 as a
$100,000,000,  six-year  unsecured  bank term loan.  Principal is due in full at
maturity  with interest  payable  periodically  at LIBOR plus 0.40  percent.  At
February 28, 1999, the interest rate on the term loan was 5.76 percent.
     In May 1995, the Company entered into a five-year, $175,000,000,  unsecured
bank term loan.  Principal  is due in full at  maturity  with  interest  payable
periodically at LIBOR plus 0.35 percent. At February 28, 1999, the interest rate
on the term loan was 5.67 percent.
     In June 1996, the Company entered into a five-year, $130,000,000, unsecured
bank term loan.  Principal  is due in full at  maturity  with  interest  payable
periodically at LIBOR plus 0.35 percent. At February 28, 1999, the interest rate
on the term loan was 5.29 percent.
     The  Company  maintains a  multi-year,  $150,000,000,  unsecured  revolving
credit agreement with four banks. The agreement calls for interest based on both
committed  rates and money market rates and a commitment fee of 0.13 percent per
annum.  The  agreement  was entered into as of August 31, 1996,  and  terminates
August  31,  2002.  No  amounts  were  outstanding  under the  revolving  credit
agreement at February 28, 1999 or 1998.
     Under  certain of the debt  agreements,  the  Company  must meet  financial
covenants   relating  to  minimum   tangible  net  worth,   current  ratios  and
debt-to-capital ratios. The Company was in compliance with all such covenants at
February 28, 1999 and 1998.
     In November  1998,  CarMax entered into a four-year,  unsecured  $5,000,000
promissory note. Principal is due annually with interest payable periodically at
8.25 percent.
     In fiscal 1999,  CarMax  entered into a  $200,000,000  one-year,  renewable
inventory financing  arrangement with an asset-backed  commercial paper conduit.
The arrangement  will provide  funding for the acquisition of vehicle  inventory
through the use of a non-affiliated special purpose company. During fiscal 1999,
no inventory was financed by CarMax under this arrangement.
     Short-term debt of the Company is funded through  committed lines of credit
and informal credit  arrangements,  as well as the revolving  credit  agreement.
Amounts outstanding and committed lines of credit available are as follows:

                                         Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands)                       1999      1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------

Average short-term debt outstanding......   $54,505   $48,254
                                           ------------------
Maximum short-term debt outstanding......  $463,000  $414,000
                                           ------------------
Aggregate committed lines of credit......  $370,000  $410,000
                                           ------------------

     The weighted average  interest rate on the outstanding  short-term debt was
5.1 percent  during fiscal 1999,  5.7 percent during fiscal 1998 and 5.4 percent
during fiscal 1997.
     Interest  expense  allocated by the Company to the CarMax Group,  excluding
interest  capitalized,  was $6,393,000 in fiscal 1999, $1,789,000 in fiscal 1998
and  $6,279,000  in fiscal  1997.  The  CarMax  Group  capitalizes  interest  in
connection with the construction of certain facilities. In fiscal 1999, interest
capitalized  amounted to $2,674,000  ($4,879,000  in fiscal 1998 and $898,000 in
fiscal 1997).

                                       75
<PAGE>

8. INCOME TAXES
The  components  of the income tax benefit on loss before income tax benefit are
as follows:

                                   Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands)          1999        1998       1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------

Current:
   Federal...................  $(23,773)  $(17,101)  $(6,976)
   State.....................    (2,546)    (2,913)   (1,301)
                               -----------------------------
                                (26,319)   (20,014)   (8,277)
                               -----------------------------
Deferred:
   Federal...................    10,945     (1,259)    1,689
   State.....................       339       (608)      (23)
                               -----------------------------
                                 11,284     (1,867)    1,666
                               -----------------------------
Income tax benefit...........  $(15,035)  $(21,881)  $(6,611)
                               -----------------------------

     The effective  income tax rate differed from the Federal  statutory  income
tax rate as follows:

                                      Years Ended February 28
                                     1999       1998      1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------

Federal statutory income
   tax rate....................      35.0%      35.0%     35.0%
State and local income taxes,
   net of Federal benefit......       4.0        4.0       6.5
                                     --------------------------
Effective income tax rate......      39.0%      39.0%     41.5%
                                     --------------------------

     In accordance  with SFAS No. 109, the tax effects of temporary  differences
that  give  rise  to a  significant  portion  of the  deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities at February 28, 1999 and 1998 are as follows:

(Amounts in thousands)                       1999      1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------

Deferred tax assets:
   Deferred revenue.....................      $130      $231
   Accrued expenses.....................     2,970     6,106
   Other................................       184         -
                                           -----------------
      Total gross deferred tax assets...     3,284     6,337
                                           -----------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
   Depreciation.........................     4,435     1,488
   Inventory capitalization.............     4,620     2,807
   Gain on sales of receivables.........     4,653     1,950
   Other................................     1,375       607
                                           -----------------
      Total gross deferred tax liabilities  15,083     6,852
                                           -----------------
Net deferred tax liability..............   $11,799      $515
                                           -----------------

     In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers
the scheduled  reversal of deferred tax  liabilities,  projected  future taxable
income and tax planning strategies.  Based on these  considerations,  management
believes  that it is more likely than not that the gross  deferred tax assets at
February 28, 1999 and 1998, will be realized by the CarMax Group;  therefore, no
valuation allowance is necessary.

9. CAPITAL STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS
(A) PREFERRED STOCK: In conjunction with the Company's  Shareholders Rights Plan
as amended and restated,  preferred stock purchase rights were  distributed as a
dividend at the rate of one right for each share of CarMax Stock. The rights are
exercisable  only upon the attainment of, or the  commencement of a tender offer
to attain, a specified  ownership  interest in the Company by a person or group.
When exercisable,  each CarMax Group right would entitle shareholders to buy one
four-hundredth of a share of Cumulative Participating Preferred Stock, Series F,
$20 par value,  at an exercise price of $100 per share subject to adjustment.  A
total of  500,000  shares  of such  preferred  stock,  which  have  preferential
dividend and  liquidation  rights,  have been  designated and reserved.  No such
shares are outstanding.  In the event that an acquiring person or group acquires
the  specified  ownership  percentage  of the  Company's  common  stock  (except
pursuant to a cash tender offer for all outstanding shares determined to be fair
by the board of directors) or engages in certain  transactions  with the Company
after the rights become  exercisable,  each right will be converted into a right
to  purchase,  for half the  current  market  price at that time,  shares of the
related Group stock valued at two times the exercise price.
     The Company  also has  1,000,000  shares of  undesignated  preferred  stock
authorized of which no shares are outstanding  and an additional  500,000 shares
of preferred  stock  designated as Series E which are related to similar  rights
held by Circuit City Group shareholders.

(B) VOTING RIGHTS:  The holders of both series of common stock and any series of
preferred  stock  outstanding  and entitled to vote together with the holders of
common stock will vote together as a single voting group on all matters on which
common shareholders  generally are entitled to vote other than a matter on which
the common stock or either series thereof or any series of preferred stock would
be entitled  to vote as a separate  voting  group.  On all matters on which both
series of common stock would vote together as a single  voting  group,  (i) each
outstanding  share of  Circuit  City  Stock  shall  have one vote and (ii)  each
outstanding  share of CarMax  Stock  shall  have a number of votes  based on the
weighted average ratio of the market value of a share of CarMax Stock to a share
of  Circuit  City  Stock.  If  shares of only one  series  of  common  stock are
outstanding,  each share of that series shall be entitled to one vote. If either
series of common  stock is  entitled  to vote as a  separate  voting  group with
respect to any matter,  each share of that series  shall,  for  purposes of such
vote, be entitled to one vote on such matter.

(C)  RESTRICTED  STOCK:  The  Company  has  issued  restricted  stock  under the
provisions of the 1994 Stock Incentive Plan whereby management and key employees
are granted restricted shares of CarMax Stock. Shares are awarded in the name of
the  employee,  who has all the  rights of a  stockholder,  subject  to  certain
restrictions or forfeitures.  Restrictions on the awards  generally  expire five
years  from the date of grant.  In fiscal  1999,  restricted  stock  awards  for
100,000 shares were granted to eligible employees.  The market value at the date
of grant of these  shares has been  recorded as unearned  compensation  and is a
component  of  Group  equity.   Unearned   compensation  is  expensed  over  the

                                       76

restriction  periods.  In fiscal 1999, a total of $426,600 was charged to CarMax
Group  operations  ($77,700 in fiscal  1998).  As of February 28, 1999,  120,000
restricted shares were outstanding.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
TABLE 1                                            1999                           1998                           1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                    Weighted Average               Weighted Average              Weighted Average
(Shares in thousands)                     Shares     Exercise Price      Shares     Exercise Price     Shares     Exercise Price
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Outstanding at beginning of year........  4,822           $1.49          4,769           $0.51          4,278          $0.22
Granted.................................    205            8.63            413           13.04            961           1.68
Exercised...............................   (543)           0.22           (273)           0.22              -           -
Cancelled...............................   (104)          10.54            (87)           6.36           (470)          0.27
                                          -----                          -----                          -----
Outstanding at end of year..............  4,380           $1.77          4,822           $1.49          4,769          $0.51
                                          -----                          -----                          -----
Options exercisable at end of year......  1,566           $0.96            762           $0.37              -          $   -
                                          -----                          -----                          -----
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TABLE 2                                                  Options Outstanding                          Options Exercisable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                         Weighted Average
(Shares in thousands)                         Number         Remaining    Weighted Average         Number       Weighted Average
Range of Exercise Prices                    Outstanding  Contractual Life  Exercise Price       Exercisable      Exercise Price
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

$ 0.22....................................... 3,692            3.0             $0.22               1,476             $0.22
  4.00 to  9.19..............................   448            5.0              7.84                  23              9.17
 12.94 to 16.31..............................   240            5.2             14.34                  67             14.39
                                              -----                                                -----
Total........................................ 4,380            3.3             $1.77               1,566             $0.96
                                              -----                                                -----
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(D) EMPLOYEE  STOCK PURCHASE PLAN: The Company has Employee Stock Purchase Plans
for all employees  meeting  certain  eligibility  criteria.  The CarMax Plan was
started in April 1997 and allows eligible employees to purchase shares of CarMax
Stock, subject to certain limitations,  at 85 percent of market value. Purchases
are  limited to 10  percent  of an  employee's  eligible  compensation,  up to a
maximum of $7,500 per year.  At February  28,  1999,  a total of 138,693  shares
remained  available  under the CarMax Plan.  During fiscal 1999,  268,532 shares
were  issued to or  purchased  on the open  market  on  behalf of the  employees
(92,775 in fiscal  1998).  The average  price per share was $7.56 in fiscal 1999
and $12.73 in fiscal  1998.  The  purchase  price  discount is charged to CarMax
Group  operations  and totaled  $268,100  in fiscal 1999 and  $160,900 in fiscal
1998.

(E) STOCK INCENTIVE  PLANS: In fiscal 1998,  options that were outstanding as of
February  28,  1997,  to  purchase  shares  of  stock  of the  corporate  entity
comprising  the CarMax  Group were  converted  into  options to purchase  CarMax
Stock.  Under the Company's stock incentive  plans,  incentive and  nonqualified
stock options may be granted to management, key employees, and outside directors
to purchase shares of CarMax Stock. The exercise price for nonqualified  options
granted  under the 1994 plan is equal to, or greater  than,  the market value at
the date of grant.  Options  generally  are  exercisable  over  various  periods
ranging from one to seven years from the date of grant.
     A summary of the status of the CarMax  Group's  stock  options  and changes
during the years ended  February 28,  1999,  1998 and 1997 are shown in Table 1.
Table 2 summarizes  information  about stock options  outstanding as of February
28, 1999.
     The CarMax Group applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related  interpretations in
accounting for its stock option plans.  Accordingly,  no  compensation  cost has
been recognized.  Had compensation  cost been determined based on the fair value
at the grant  date  consistent  with the  methods  of SFAS No.  123,  the CarMax
Group's  net loss and net loss per share  would have been  increased  to the pro
forma amounts  indicated below. In accordance with the transition  provisions of
SFAS No. 123, the pro forma amounts reflect options with grant dates  subsequent
to March 1, 1995.  Therefore,  the full impact of calculating  compensation cost
for stock  options  under  SFAS No.  123 is not  reflected  in the pro forma net
earnings amounts presented below because compensation cost is reflected over the
options' vesting periods and compensation cost of options granted prior to March
1, 1995, is not considered.  The pro forma effect on fiscal year 1999 may not be
representative of the pro forma effects on net earnings for future years.


(Amounts in thousands               Years Ended February 28
except per share data)              1999     1998       1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Net loss-as reported.............  $5,457   $7,763       $266
Net loss-pro forma...............   5,537    7,824        268
Net loss per share-as reported...   $0.24    $0.35      $0.01
Net loss per share-pro forma.....    0.24     0.36       0.01

     For the purpose of computing the pro forma  amounts  indicated  above,  the
fair  value  of each  option  on the  date  of  grant  is  estimated  using  the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The weighted average assumptions used in the
model are as follows:

                                    1999      1998       1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Expected dividend yield...........   -          -         -
Expected stock volatility.........  50%        50%       40%
Risk-free interest rates..........   6%         6%        6%
Expected lives (in years).........   3          3         4

     Using these  assumptions in the  Black-Scholes  model, the weighted average
fair value of options  granted for the CarMax Group is $3 in fiscal 1999,  $6 in
fiscal 1998 and $0.70 in fiscal 1997.

                                       77

10. NET LOSS PER SHARE
The calculation of net loss per share is presented below:

(Amounts in thousands               Years Ended February 28
except per share data)             1999      1998       1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Weighted average common
   shares......................   22,604    22,001     21,860
                                  ---------------------------
Loss available to common
   shareholders................   $5,457    $7,763       $266
                                  ---------------------------
Net loss per share.............    $0.24     $0.35      $0.01
                                  ---------------------------

     The CarMax  Group had no diluted  net loss per share  because the Group had
net losses for the periods presented.

11. PENSION PLAN
The Company has a  noncontributory  defined  benefit  pension plan  covering the
majority of full-time  employees who are at least age 21 and have  completed one
year of  service.  The cost of the  program  is  being  funded  currently.  Plan
benefits generally are based on years of service and average compensation.  Plan
assets  consist  primarily of equity  securities  and included  80,000 shares of
Circuit City Stock at February 28, 1999 and 1998.

<PAGE>
     Eligible  employees of the CarMax Group  participate in the Company's plan.
Pension costs for these  employees have been allocated to the CarMax Group based
on its proportionate  share of the projected benefit  obligation.  The following
tables set forth the CarMax  Group's  share of the Plan's  financial  status and
amounts recognized in the balance sheets as of February 28:

(Amounts in thousands)                            1999      1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------

Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year....       $958      $521
Service cost...............................        525       219
Interest cost..............................         67        39
Actuarial loss.............................      1,015       179
                                                ----------------
Benefit obligation at end of year..........     $2,565      $958
                                                ----------------

Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year  $1,242      $895
Actual return on plan assets...............         69       185
Employer contributions.....................        242       162
                                                ----------------
Fair value of plan assets at end of year...     $1,553    $1,242
                                                ----------------

Reconciliation of funded status:
Funded status..............................    $(1,012)     $284
Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain).........      1,063        (2)
Unrecognized transition asset..............         (8)      (11)
Unrecognized prior service benefit.........         (8)       (9)
                                               -----------------
Net amount recognized......................        $35      $262
                                               -----------------

     The components of net pension expense are as follows:

                                         Years Ended February 28
(Amounts in thousands)                     1999    1998    1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------

Service cost............................   $525    $219    $162
Interest cost...........................     67      39      34
Expected return on plan assets..........   (119)    (73)    (55)
Amortization of prior service cost......     (1)     (1)     (1)
Amortization of transitional asset......     (3)     (3)     (3)
Recognized actuarial loss...............      -      17      17
                                           --------------------
Net pension expense.....................   $469    $198    $154
                                           --------------------

     Assumptions used in the accounting for the pension plan were:

                                        Years Ended February 28
                                          1999    1998    1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------

Weighted average discount rate.........   6.8%    7.0%    7.5%
Rate of increase in compensation levels   5.0%    5.0%    5.5%
Expected rate of return on plan assets.   9.0%    9.0%    9.0%
                                          --------------------

12. LEASE COMMITMENTS
The CarMax Group conducts  substantially all of its business in leased premises.
The CarMax Group's lease  obligations are based upon contractual  minimum rates.
Rental  expenses  for all  operating  leases were  $23,521,000  in fiscal  1999,
$11,421,000  in fiscal 1998 and  $6,019,000 in fiscal 1997.  Most leases provide
that the CarMax  Group pay  taxes,  maintenance,  insurance  and  certain  other
operating expenses applicable to the premises.
     The initial term of most real  property  leases will expire within the next
22 years;  however,  most of the leases have options  providing  for  additional
lease terms of 10 years to 20 years at terms similar to the initial terms.
     Future  minimum fixed lease  obligations,  excluding  taxes,  insurance and
other costs payable directly by the CarMax Group, as of February 28, 1999, were:

                                                    Operating
(Amounts in thousands)                                Lease
Fiscal                                             Commitments
- --------------------------------------------------------------

2000..............................................   $30,965
2001..............................................    30,312
2002..............................................    29,059
2003..............................................    28,837
2004..............................................    28,836
After 2004........................................   451,538
                                                    --------
Total minimum lease payments......................  $599,547
                                                    --------
<PAGE>
     In fiscal 1999, the Company  entered into  sale-leaseback  transactions  on
behalf of the CarMax Group with unrelated  parties at an aggregate selling price
of  $131,750,000  ($98,098,000  in fiscal 1998 and  $16,450,000 in fiscal 1997).
Neither the Company nor the CarMax Group has  continuing  involvement  under the
sale-leaseback transactions.

                                       78

13. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION
(A)  ADVERTISING  EXPENSE:  Advertising  expense,  which is included in selling,
general  and   administrative   expenses  in  the  accompanying   statements  of
operations,  amounted to  $50,042,000  (3.4  percent of net sales and  operating
revenues) in fiscal 1999,  $29,621,000  (3.4 percent of net sales and  operating
revenues) in fiscal 1998 and $11,493,000 (2.3 percent of net sales and operating
revenues) in fiscal 1997.

(B) IMPAIRMENT  LOSS: In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998,  CarMax  recorded an
impairment loss of $11.5 million related to the closure and eventual disposal of
its  centralized  reconditioning  facilities  and costs  associated  with excess
property at some  locations.  The  centralized  reconditioning  facilities  were
closed in fiscal 1998 when experience  proved that in-store  reconditioning  was
more efficient.  The excess property was purchased as part of retail sites. Both
the reconditioning  facilities and portions of the excess property were disposed
of in fiscal  year 1999,  and the  remaining  excess  property is expected to be
disposed of within the next fiscal year.
     Of the total impairment loss, the CarMax Group recorded a $9.7 million loss
for  impairment  of  long-lived  assets as required by SFAS No. 121.  The charge
represents  the  difference  between the carrying  value and the estimated  fair
value of the assets less any disposal  costs.  The estimated fair value is based
on sales  prices  for  comparable  assets or  expected  future  cash  flows.  In
addition,  CarMax recorded a $1.8 million  long-term  liability for an operating
lease where events  indicated  that the lease value was  impaired.  This loss is
calculated as the  difference  between the present value of the required  rental
payments on the original lease  obligations  and the present value of the future
rental receipts that are expected from  subleasing the property.  This liability
was relieved  during fiscal year 1999 as part of the  disposition of the related
property.

14. INTEREST RATE SWAPS
The Company enters into  amortizing  swaps relating to the auto loan  receivable
securitization   to  convert   variable-rate   financing   costs  to  fixed-rate
obligations to better match funding costs to the receivables being  securitized.
In November 1995,  the Company  entered into a 50-month  amortizing  swap with a
notional  amount of $75 million  and, in October  1996,  entered into a 40-month
amortizing swap with a notional amount of $64 million.  The Company entered into
four 40-month amortizing swaps with notional amounts totaling approximately $162
million in fiscal 1998 and four 40-month  amortizing swaps with notional amounts
totaling  approximately  $387 million in fiscal  1999.  These swaps were entered
into as part of sales of  receivables  and are  included in the gain on sales of
receivables.  The remaining  total  notional  amount of all swaps related to the
auto loan receivable  securitization  was approximately $499 million at February
28, 1999,  $224  million at February 28, 1998,  and $114 million at February 28,
1997.
     Concurrent  with the funding of the $175 million term loan  facility in May
1995,  the Company  entered into  five-year  interest  rate swaps with  notional
amounts  aggregating  $175  million.   These  swaps  effectively  converted  the
variable-rate  obligation  into a fixed-rate  obligation.  The fair value of the
swaps is the  amount at which  they  could be  settled.  This  value is based on
estimates obtained from the counterparties,  which are two banks highly rated by
several  financial rating agencies.  The swaps are held for hedging purposes and
are not  recorded at fair value.  Recording  the swaps at fair value at February
28, 1999, would result in a loss of $2.2 million and at February 28, 1998, would
result in a loss of $1.9 million.
     The market and credit risks  associated  with these interest rate swaps are
similar to those relating to other types of financial  instruments.  Market risk
is the  exposure  created by  potential  fluctuations  in interest  rates and is
directly  related to the product type,  agreement terms and transaction  volume.
The Company does not anticipate  significant market risk from swaps, since their
use is to more closely  match  funding  costs to the use of the funding.  Credit
risk is the exposure to nonperformance of another party to an agreement.  Credit
risk is mitigated by dealing with highly rated counterparties.

15. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
In the normal  course of  business,  the Company is  involved  in various  legal
proceedings.  Based  upon  the  CarMax  Group's  evaluation  of the  information
presently  available,  management  believes that the ultimate  resolution of any
such  proceedings  will not have a material adverse effect on the CarMax Group's
financial position, liquidity or results of operations.

                                       79
<PAGE>

16. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
(Amounts in thousands   First Quarter        Second Quarter       Third Quarter        Fourth Quarter            Year
except per share data) 1999       1998      1999       1998      1999       1998      1999       1998       1999       1998
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net sales and operating
   revenues......... $346,363  $177,554   $400,031  $206,433   $345,940  $227,086   $373,964   $263,133 $1,466,298   $874,206
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross profit........  $39,896   $16,629    $46,202   $18,870    $39,760   $15,357    $46,408    $22,651   $172,266    $73,507
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loss............  $ 3,215   $ 1,223    $ 2,965   $ 1,740    $ 7,331   $ 9,141   $ 10,003   $ 22,119   $ 23,514   $ 34,223
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loss attributed to
   CarMax Stock.....    $ 736     $ 275      $ 685     $ 393    $ 1,701   $ 2,075    $ 2,335    $ 5,020    $ 5,457    $ 7,763
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loss per share.    $ 0.03    $ 0.01     $ 0.03    $ 0.02     $ 0.07    $ 0.09     $ 0.10     $ 0.23     $ 0.24     $ 0.35
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Circuit City Stores, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying  balance sheets of the CarMax Group (as defined
in Note 1) as of  February  28,  1999  and 1998 and the  related  statements  of
operations,  group equity  (deficit) and cash flows for each of the fiscal years
in the three-year period ended February 28, 1999. These financial statements are
the responsibility of Circuit City Stores, Inc.'s management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
     As more fully  discussed in Note 1, the financial  statements of the CarMax
Group should be read in conjunction with the consolidated  financial  statements
of Circuit City Stores,  Inc. and subsidiaries  and the financial  statements of
the Circuit City Group.
     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of the CarMax  Group as of
February 28, 1999 and 1998 and the results of its  operations and its cash flows
for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended February 28, 1999 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/KPMG LLP
Richmond, Virginia
April 2, 1999

                                       80
<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT'S REPORT

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Circuit City Stores, Inc.:
The  consolidated   financial  statements  of  Circuit  City  Stores,  Inc.  and
subsidiaries,  as well as the financial statements of the Circuit City Group and
the CarMax Group, have been prepared under the direction of management, which is
responsible for their integrity and objectivity. These financial statements have
been prepared in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,
except for the Circuit  City Group which has  accounted  for its interest in the
CarMax Group in a manner similar to the equity method of  accounting.  Generally
accepted  accounting  principles  require that the CarMax Group be  consolidated
with the Circuit City Group.  However,  management feels the manner in which the
Circuit City Group is presented  more clearly  indicates the  performance of the
Circuit City business and the Company's investment in Digital Video Express. The
financial  statements  include amounts that are the best estimates and judgments
of management with consideration given to materiality.
     Management is responsible  for  maintaining an internal  control  structure
designed to provide reasonable  assurance that the books and records reflect the
transactions  of the Company and that the  Company's  established  policies  and
procedures  are  carefully  followed.  Because of  inherent  limitations  in any
system,  there can be no absolute  assurance that errors or irregularities  will
not occur. Nevertheless, management believes that the internal control structure
provides  reasonable  assurance that assets are  safeguarded  and that financial
information is objective and reliable.
     The Company's  and the Groups'  financial  statements  have been audited by
KPMG LLP, independent auditors.  Their Independent Auditors' Reports,  which are
based on audits made in accordance with generally  accepted auditing  standards,
express  opinions  as to the fair  presentation  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles of the financial statements.  In performing their
audits,  KPMG LLP  considers  the Company's  internal  control  structure to the
extent it deems  necessary in order to issue its opinions on the  Company's  and
the Groups' financial statements.
     The audit committee of the board of directors is composed solely of outside
directors.  The  committee  meets  periodically  with  management,  the internal
auditors and the independent auditors to assure each is properly discharging its
responsibilities.  KPMG LLP and the internal  auditors have full and free access
to meet privately with the audit committee to discuss accounting controls, audit
findings and financial reporting matters.



/s/Richard L. Sharp
Richard L. Sharp
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


/s/Michael T. Chalifoux
Michael T. Chalifoux
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Corporate Secretary
April 5, 1999


COMMON STOCK

The common stock of Circuit City Stores, Inc. includes two series:  Circuit City
Stores,   Inc.-Circuit   City  Group  Common  Stock  and  Circuit  City  Stores,
Inc.-CarMax  Group  Common  Stock.  Both Group stocks are traded on the New York
Stock Exchange.  The quarterly  dividend data shown below applies to the Circuit
City Group Common Stock for the  applicable  periods.  No dividend data is shown
for the CarMax Group Common Stock since it pays no dividends at this time.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
                                     Circuit City Group                                             CarMax Group
               ---------------------------------------------------------------        ----------------------------------------

                     Market Price of Common Stock                  Dividends                Market Price of Common Stock
Fiscal               1999                    1998               1999     1998               1999                   1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                HIGH        LOW         HIGH        LOW                                HIGH      LOW          HIGH       LOW
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1st..........  $49.63     $37.56       $40.88     $30.88       $.035     $.035        $13.50    $8.63        $20.13     $13.50
2nd..........  $54.50     $29.94       $39.88     $33.13       $.035     $.035        $11.00    $5.56        $15.38     $12.63
3rd..........  $39.56     $28.81       $45.50     $31.00       $.035     $.035         $8.00    $3.63        $18.50     $11.38
4th..........  $64.13     $35.38       $39.56     $31.38       $.035     $.035         $5.75    $3.94        $12.06      $6.50
               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                          $.140     $.140
                                                               ---------------
</TABLE>

                                       81









                                                                      Exhibit 21





                            CIRCUIT CITY STORES, INC.


                           Subsidiaries of the Company




                                                              Jurisdiction of
                                                              Incorporation
          Subsidiary                                          or Organization

CC Distribution Company of Virginia, Inc.                     Virginia


Circuit City Stores West Coast, Inc.                          California


First North American National Bank                            National Bank
                                                              Located in Georgia

Northern National Insurance Ltd.                              Bermuda


Patapsco Designs, Inc.                                        Maryland


CarMax, Inc.                                                  Virginia


CarMax Auto Superstores, Inc.                                 Virginia


CarMax Auto Superstores West Coast, Inc.                      California


DIVX Entertainment, Inc.                                      California


DIVX Management, Inc.                                         Virginia


DIVX Direct, Inc.                                             Virginia


DIVX Services, Inc.                                           Virginia






                                                                      Exhibit 23

                         Consent of Independent Auditors



         The Board of Directors
         Circuit City Stores, Inc.:


         We consent to incorporation by reference in the registration statements
         (Nos. 33-56697, 33-36650, 33-64757,  333-02971,  333-20303,  333-22759,
         333-25451,  333-27933,  333-34539 and 333-52935) on Form S-8 of Circuit
         City Stores,  Inc. of our reports dated April 2, 1999,  relating to the
         consolidated   balance   sheets  of  Circuit  City  Stores,   Inc.  and
         subsidiaries  (the  Company) as of February 28, 1999 and 1998,  and the
         related consolidated  statements of earnings,  stockholders' equity and
         cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year  period ended
         February 28, 1999, and the related financial statement schedule,  which
         reports are  included,  or  incorporated  by reference  from the annual
         report to stockholders,  in the February 28, 1999 annual report on Form
         10-K of Circuit City Stores, Inc.

         We  also  consent  to  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  foregoing
         registration statements of our reports dated April 2, 1999, relating to
         the balance  sheets of the Circuit  City Group as of February  28, 1999
         and 1998, and the related statements of earnings, group equity and cash
         flows  for each of the  fiscal  years in the  three-year  period  ended
         February 28, 1999, and the related financial statement schedule,  which
         reports are  included,  or  incorporated  by reference  from the annual
         report to stockholders,  in the February 28, 1999 annual report on Form
         10-K of Circuit City Stores, Inc. Our reports on the Circuit City Group
         dated April 2, 1999, include a qualification  related to the effects of
         not  consolidating  the  CarMax  Group with the  Circuit  City Group as
         required by generally accepted accounting principles.

         We  also  consent  to  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  foregoing
         registration statements of our reports dated April 2, 1999, relating to
         the  balance  sheets of the CarMax  Group as of  February  28, 1999 and
         1998, and the related statements of operations,  group equity (deficit)
         and cash flows for each of the fiscal  years in the  three-year  period
         ended February 28, 1999, and the related financial  statement schedule,
         which  reports are  included,  or  incorporated  by reference  from the
         annual report to  stockholders,  in the February 28, 1999 annual report
         on Form 10-K of Circuit City Stores, Inc.




         s/KPMG LLP



         Richmond, Virginia
         May 24, 1999




                                                                      Exhibit 24


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         I hereby appoint  Richard L. Sharp my true and lawful  attorney-in-fact
to sign on my behalf,  as an individual  and in the capacity  stated below,  the
Annual  Report on Form 10-K of Circuit  City  Stores,  Inc.  for its fiscal year
ended  February 28, 1999 and any amendment with such  attorney-in-fact  may deem
appropriate or necessary.


                                     Signature:  /s/Michael T. Chalifoux
                                     Print Name:  Michael T. Chalifoux
                                     Title: Executive Vice President,
                                            Chief Financial Officer
                                            And Corporate Secretary




                                                                      Exhibit 24


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         I hereby  appoint  Michael T. Chalifoux or Richard L. Sharp my true and
lawful  attorney-in-fact  to  sign on my  behalf,  as an  individual  and in the
capacity  stated  below,  the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Circuit City Stores,
Inc.  for its fiscal year ended  February 28, 1999 and any  amendment  with such
attorney-in-fact may deem appropriate or necessary.

                                     Signature:  /s/Richard N. Cooper
                                     Print Name:  Richard N. Cooper
                                     Title: Director




                                                                      Exhibit 24

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         I hereby  appoint  Michael T. Chalifoux or Richard L. Sharp my true and
lawful  attorney-in-fact  to  sign on my  behalf,  as an  individual  and in the
capacity  stated  below,  the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Circuit City Stores,
Inc.  for its fiscal year ended  February 28, 1999 and any  amendment  with such
attorney-in-fact may deem appropriate or necessary.

                                     Signature:  /s/Barbara S. Feigin
                                     Print Name:     Barbara S. Feigin
                                     Title: Director




                                                                      Exhibit 24

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         I hereby  appoint  Michael T. Chalifoux or Richard L. Sharp my true and
lawful  attorney-in-fact  to  sign on my  behalf,  as an  individual  and in the
capacity  stated  below,  the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Circuit City Stores,
Inc.  for its fiscal year ended  February 28, 1999 and any  amendment  with such
attorney-in-fact may deem appropriate or necessary.

                                     Signature:  /s/James F. Hardymon
                                     Print Name:    James F. Hardymon
                                     Title: Director




                                                                      Exhibit 24

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         I hereby  appoint  Michael T. Chalifoux or Richard L. Sharp my true and
lawful  attorney-in-fact  to  sign on my  behalf,  as an  individual  and in the
capacity  stated  below,  the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Circuit City Stores,
Inc.  for its fiscal year ended  February 28, 1999 and any  amendment  with such
attorney-in-fact may deem appropriate or necessary.

                                     Signature:  /s/Robert S. Jepson Jr.
                                     Print Name:    Robert S. Jepson Jr.
                                     Title: Director



<
                                                                      Exhibit 24

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         I hereby  appoint  Michael T. Chalifoux or Richard L. Sharp my true and
lawful  attorney-in-fact  to  sign on my  behalf,  as an  individual  and in the
capacity  stated  below,  the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Circuit City Stores,
Inc.  for its fiscal year ended  February 28, 1999 and any  amendment  with such
attorney-in-fact may deem appropriate or necessary.

                                     Signature:  /s/Hugh G. Robinson
                                     Print Name:    Hugh G. Robinson
                                     Title: Director




                                                                      Exhibit 24

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         I hereby  appoint  Michael T. Chalifoux or Richard L. Sharp my true and
lawful  attorney-in-fact  to  sign on my  behalf,  as an  individual  and in the
capacity  stated  below,  the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Circuit City Stores,
Inc.  for its fiscal year ended  February 28, 1999 and any  amendment  with such
attorney-in-fact may deem appropriate or necessary.

                                     Signature:  /s/Walter J. Salmon
                                     Print Name:    Walter J. Salmon
                                     Title: Director





                                                                      Exhibit 24

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         I hereby  appoint  Michael T. Chalifoux or Richard L. Sharp my true and
lawful  attorney-in-fact  to  sign on my  behalf,  as an  individual  and in the
capacity  stated  below,  the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Circuit City Stores,
Inc.  for its fiscal year ended  February 28, 1999 and any  amendment  with such
attorney-in-fact may deem appropriate or necessary.

                                     Signature:  /s/Mikael Salovaara
                                     Print Name:    Mikael Salovaara
                                     Title: Director




                                                                      Exhibit 24


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         I hereby  appoint  Michael T. Chalifoux or Richard L. Sharp my true and
lawful  attorney-in-fact  to  sign on my  behalf,  as an  individual  and in the
capacity  stated  below,  the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Circuit City Stores,
Inc.  for its fiscal year ended  February 28, 1999 and any  amendment  with such
attorney-in-fact may deem appropriate or necessary.

                                     Signature:  /s/John W. Snow
                                     Print Name:    John W. Snow
                                     Title: Director


<PAGE>
                                                                      Exhibit 24



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         I hereby  appoint  Michael T. Chalifoux or Richard L. Sharp my true and
lawful  attorney-in-fact  to  sign on my  behalf,  as an  individual  and in the
capacity  stated  below,  the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Circuit City Stores,
Inc.  for its fiscal year ended  February 28, 1999 and any  amendment  with such
attorney-in-fact may deem appropriate or necessary.

                                     Signature:  /s/Edward Villanueva
                                     Print Name:    Edward Villanueva
                                     Title: Director





                                                                      Exhibit 24

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         I hereby  appoint  Michael T. Chalifoux or Richard L. Sharp my true and
lawful  attorney-in-fact  to  sign on my  behalf,  as an  individual  and in the
capacity  stated  below,  the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Circuit City Stores,
Inc.  for its fiscal year ended  February 28, 1999 and any  amendment  with such
attorney-in-fact may deem appropriate or necessary.

                                     Signature:  /s/Alan Wurtzel
                                     Print Name:    Alan Wurtzel
                                     Title: Vice-Chairman



WARNING: THE EDGAR SYSTEM ENCOUNTERED ERROR(S) WHILE PROCESSING THIS SCHEDULE.

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
           Column 1 = CONSOLIDATED
           Column 2 = CIRCUIT CITY GROUP
           Column 3 = CARMAX GROUP
           Changes Caption = Allocation of Inter-Group Interest in CarMax losses
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                1,000

<S>                                             <C>                   <C>                    <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                   YEAR                  YEAR                  YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                    Feb-28-1999           Feb-28-1999           Feb-28-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                         Feb-28-1999           Feb-28-1999           Feb-28-1999
<CASH>                                                   265,880               248,201                17,679
<SECURITIES>                                                   0                     0                     0
<RECEIVABLES>                                            574,316               476,952                97,364
<ALLOWANCES>                                                   0                     0                     0
<INVENTORY>                                            1,517,675             1,292,215               225,460
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                       2,394,515             2,053,392               341,123
<PP&E>                                                 1,583,559             1,363,774               219,785
<DEPRECIATION>                                           577,786               561,947                15,839
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                         3,445,266             3,134,826               571,198
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                    963,805               881,882                81,923
<BONDS>                                                  426,585               286,865               139,720
                                          0                     0                     0
                                                    0                     0                     0
<COMMON>                                                  61,968                50,410                11,558
<OTHER-SE>                                             1,843,162             1,775,063               328,857
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                           3,445,266             3,134,826               571,198
<SALES>                                               10,804,447             9,338,149             1,466,298
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                      10,804,447             9,338,149             1,466,298
<CGS>                                                  8,359,428             7,065,396             1,294,032
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                          8,359,428             7,065,396             1,294,032
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                               0                     0                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                               0                     0                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                        28,319                21,926                 6,393
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                          230,523               269,072               (38,549)
<INCOME-TAX>                                              87,599               102,634               (15,035)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                      142,924               166,438               (23,514)
<DISCONTINUED>                                                 0                     0                     0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                                0                     0                     0
<CHANGES>                                                      0               (18,057)               18,057
<NET-INCOME>                                             142,924               148,381                (5,457)
<EPS-BASIC>                                                  0                  1.50                 (0.24)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                                  0                  1.48                 (0.24)


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission